appendix i marine eia report

APPENDIX I

MARINE EIA REPORT

MARINE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR

THE DEVELOPMENT OF CAPTIVE JETTY, DESALINATION

PLANT WITH INTAKE AND OUTFALL AND RELATED

INFRASTRUCTURES (BACKUP STORAGE, UTILITIES AND

AMENITIES) FOR INTEGRATED UNIT OF LAKHPAT CEMENT

WORKS AT VILLAGE KAPURASI, TEHSIL LAKHPAT, DISTRICT

KUTCH, GUJARAT

PROJECT CODE: 603111718

For

ADANI CEMENTATION LIMITED (ACL)

AHMEDABAD

JANUARY 2019

INDOMER COASTAL HYDRAULICS (P) LTD. (ISO 9001: 2015 CERTIFIED, NABET- QCI, CDC - MoST & NABL ACCREDITED)

63, GANDHI ROAD, ALWAR THIRUNAGAR, CHENNAI 600 087.

Tel: + 91 44 2486 2482 to 84; M: + 91 99401 41650; Fax: + 91 44 2486 2484

Web site: www.indomer.com, E-mail:[email protected]

http://www.indomer.com/

mailto:[email protected]

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page i

with Intake and Outfall and Related Infrastructures (Backup Storage, Utilities and Amenities) for

Integrated Unit of Lakhpat Cement Works at Village Kapurasi, Tehsil Lakhpat, District Kutch, Gujarat

CONTENTS Page

List of Tables iv

List of Figures vi

ABBREVIATIONS vii

1 INTRODUCTION 1.1

1.1 Purpose of the Report 1.2

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent 1.3

1.3 Brief Description of Project 1.4

1.4 Scope of the Study 1.5

1.5 TOR and Compliance 1.6

1.6 Coastal Regulation Zone 1.13

1.7 Structure of EIA Report 1.14

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1

2.1 Type of Project 2.1

2.2 Need for the Project 2.1

2.3 Project Location 2.2

2.4 Proposed Facilities 2.13

2.4.1 Berthing Jetty 2.13

2.4.2 Berth Requirements 2.15

2.4.3 Navigational and Operational Requirements 2.16

2.4.4 Material Handling Systems (MHS) 2.17

2.4.5 Traffic Potential 2.20

2.4.6 Storage Requirements 2.21

2.4.7 Supporting Infrastructure 2.21

2.4.8 Desalination Plant 2.21

2.5 Resource Requirement 2.24

2.6 Proposed Project Schedule 2.25

2.7 Project Cost 2.26

2.8 Summary of Proposed Facilities 2.27

3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 3.1

3.1 Berthing Jetty 3.1

3.2 Rock Bund 3.5

3.3 Navigational Channel and Anchorage Point 3.5

3.4 Desalination Plant with Intake and Outfall 3.7

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 4.1

4.1 Physical Parameters 4.1

4.2 Seawater Quality 4.13

4.3 Seabed Sediment Quality 4.17

4.4 Marine Ecology and Biodiversity 4.19

4.4.1 Plankton 4.21

4.4.2 Macrobenthic Organisms 4.23

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page ii



4.4.3 Microbiology 4.24

4.4.4 Coastal Vegetation 4.25

4.4.5 Mangroves 4.26

4.4.6 Seaweeds and Sea Grasses 4.28

4.4.7 Coral Reefs 4.28

4.4.8 Marine Mammals 4.29

4.4.9 Sea Turtles 4.29

4.4.10 Endangered Species 4.29

4.4.11 Seabirds 4.30

4.4.12 Fish & Fisheries 4.30

4.4.13 Protected Areas 4.33

4.5 Comparison of Offshore and Nearshore Water 4.34

4.6 Summary of Marine Baseline Data 4.37

5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 5.1

5.1 Identification of Impacts 5.1

5.2 Prediction of Impacts 5.2

5.3 Proposed Mitigation Measures 5.2

5.3.1 Captive Port 5.5

5.3.2 Desalination Plant 5.14

5.3.3 Environmental Sensitivity 5.17

6 POST PROJECT MONITORING 6.1

6.1 Environmental Impact Matrix 6.1

6.2 Post Project Monitoring Program 6.2

6.3 Review and Reporting 6.3

6.4 Onsite Mock Drill 6.4

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1

7.1 Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan 7.1

7.1.1 Introduction 7.1

7.1.2 Objective of Disaster Management Plan 7.5

7.1.3 Preparedness Plan 7.6

7.1.4 On Site / Inhouse Emergency Preparedness 7.6

7.1.5 Coordination with National Agencies 7.9

7.1.6 Disaster Management Action 7.11

7.2 Oil Spill Contingency Plan 7.13

7.2.1 Response Policy 7.14

7.2.2 Statutory and Combat Responsibilities 7.15

7.2.3 Incident Management Team 7.15

7.2.4 Support Services 7.19

7.2.5 Scope of Oil Spill Contingency Plan 7.22

7.2.6 Oil Spill Response Procedures 7.26

7.2.7 Port Responsibility 7.29

8 MODELLING STUDIES 8.1

8.1 Introduction 8.1

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page iii



8.2 Proposed Marine Facilities 8.1

8.2.1 Seawater Intake 8.2

8.2.2 Brine Reject 8.2

8.3 Modelling Approach 8.2

8.4 Model Setup 8.3

8.4.1 Units and Conventions 8.3

8.4.2 Model Domain 8.4

8.4.3 Depth Schematization 8.4

8.5 Initial Dilution - CORMIX Model 8.4

8.5.1 Methodology 8.4

8.5.2 Design Details 8.5

8.6 Flow Model 8.7

8.6.1 Model Description 8.7

8.6.2 Boundary Conditions 8.9

8.6.3 Calibration 8.9

8.6.4 Simulations 8.9

8.7 Secondary dispersion – Mike 21 Model 8.9

8.7.1 Advection and Dispersion 8.9

8.7.2 Input to Dispersion Model 8.10

8.7.3 Dispersion of Brine Reject 8.10

8.8 Results on Currents & Secondary Dispersion 8.11

8.9 Ship/Wave Tranquility in Kori Creek 8.12

8.9.1 Waves at Offshore Near Anchorage Point 8.12

8.9.2 Wave Tranquility Using SWAN Model 8.14

8.9.3 Conclusion 8.15

9 PROJECT BENEFITS 9.1

9.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 9.1

9.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 9.1

9.3 Employment Potential 9.1

9.4 Corporate Social Responsibility 9.2

9.5 Corporate Environment Responsibility 9.3

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.1

10.1 Summary of Proposed Impacts and Mitigation Measures 10.1

10.2 Marine Environmental Management Plan 10.5

10.2.1 EMP during Construction Phase 10.5

10.2.2 EMP during Operational Phase 10.6

10.3 Environment Management Cell (EMC) 10.7

10.4 Training, Communication and Reporting 10.8

10.5 Institutional Mechanism 10.9

10.6 Implementation of EMP 10.9

10.7 EMP Monitoring and Review 10.10

10.8 EMP budget 10.10

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 11.1

11.1 Introduction 11.1

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page iv



11.2 Project Description 11.1

11.3 Description of Environment 11.2

11.4 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 11.3

11.5 Post Project Monitoring Program 11.4

11.6 Additional Studies 11.5

11.7 Project Benefits 11.5

11.8 Environment Management Plan 11.6

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 12.1

REFERENCES

ANNEXURE I – Water Balance Diagram

ANNEXURE II – Methods of Collection and Analysis

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page v



LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Title

4.1 Details of seawater, seabed sediment and biological sampling stations

4.2 Seawater quality of Kori creek – September 2018

4.3 Sediment size distribution of Kori creek– September 2018

4.4 Seabed Sediment quality of Kori creek – September 2018

4.5 Primary productivity of Kori creek - September 2018

4.6 Phytoplankton species composition* of Kori creek - September 2018

4.7 Numerical abundance of Phytoplankton (Nos./l)* of Kori creek - September 2018

4.8 Zooplankton population (nos./100m3) of Kori creek - September 2018

4.9 Subtidal and Intertidal benthic population (nos./m2) of Kori creek - September

2018

4.10 Bacterial population (nos.x103 CFU/ml) of Kori creek - September 2018

4.11 Bacterial population in seabed sediment (nos.x104 CFU/g) of Kori creek

- September 2018

4.12 List of Bird species sighted and reported from the study area

8.1 Significant Wave Height (Hs) Vs Wave Direction percentage distribution for the

offshore

8.2 Estimated wind and wave parameters for the offshore location near the entrance

8.3 Extreme wave parameters at different return periods at the proposed jetty

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page vi



LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Title

1.1 Location map of project site

1.2 Coastal Regulation Zone map

2.1 Reserve Forest map of project site

2.2 Kori creek network system

2.3 Layout of proposed Berthing jetty, Approach trestle and Rock bund

2.4 Cross section of proposed rock bund

2.5 Location map of Desalination plant, Intake and Outfall

2.6 Longitudinal section of Intake scheme

2.7 Longitudinal section of Outfall scheme

2.8 Plan view of Outfall Diffuser Ports

4.1 Current measurement location map

4.2 Variation of current speed and direction at project site

4.3 Bathymetry map of project site

4.4 Seawater, Seabed Sediments and Biological sampling locations

4.5 Boundary of Narayan Sarovar Wild Life and Eco Sensitive Zone

8.1 Bathymetry

8.2 Comparison of simulated and predicted tide near to jetty

8.3 Flow field – Spring Tide

8.4 Secondary dispersion – Spring Tide

8.5 Secondary dispersion – Neap Tide

8.6 Flow field – Neap Tide

8.7 Outer grid domain and bathymetry (top) inner grid domain and bathymetry

(bottom)

8.8 Wave climate of 1 Year return period at proposed cement jetty region for the

offshore wave direction 180°N











ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Page vii



ABBREVIATIONS

MMTPA Million Metric Tonnes Per Annum

MLD Million Liter Per Day

MSL Mean Sea Level

CD Chart Datum

DWT Dead Weight Tonnage

LOA Length Overall

MVA Mega Volt Amp

TPH Tonnes Per Hour

MW Mega Watt

GT Gross Tonnage

ACL Adani Cementation Limited

AEL Adani Enterprises Limited

ESZ Eco Sensitive Zone

PPT Parts Per Tonne

IMO International Maritime Organization

HHTL Highest High Tide Level

PMS Probable Maximum Surge

GSDMA Gujarat State Disaster Management Authority

GSDMP Gujarat State Disaster Management Plan

INCOIS Indian National Centre for Ocean Information Services

IMD India Metrological Department

ISR Institute of Seismological Research

NDMA National Disaster Management Authority

NIOT National Institute of Ocean Technology

NOSDCP National Oil Spill Disaster Contingency Plan

OSCP Oil Spill Contingency Plan

IMT Incident Management Team

CIC Chief Incident Controller

ECC Emergency Coordination Centre

SIC Site Incident Controller

IAP Incident Action Plans

ESC Environmental and Scientific Coordinator

SRC Shoreline Response Centre

VHF Very High Frequency

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

IOPC Funds International Oil Pollution Compensation Funds

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

CER Corporate Environment Responsibility

EMC Environment Management Cell

CTE Consent to Establish

CTO Consent to Operate

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Section 1

with Intake and Outfall and Related Infrastructures (Backup Storage, Utilities and Amenities) for Page 1.1


1. INTRODUCTION

Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) proposes to setup an integrated cement project called Lakhpat

Cement Works which includes Limestone Mine in 251.9 ha area, Captive Power Plant and WHRS

(99 MW), Cement Plant having production capacity of 10 MMTPA Clinker and 10 MMTPA of OPC/

PPC/ PSC/ Composite Cement in Mudhvay and Koriyani, Village, Lakhpat Taluka, Kutch District,

Gujarat.

ACL also proposes to develop a berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA traffic capacity connected with

trestle and approach road to serve the import of raw materials and product transportation and 9

MLD desalination plant with seawater intake & brine reject outfall to cater the water requirement

for the proposed integrated project. For the movement of mined limestone from the mining

block to the proposed plant location and for the supply of finished products from plant to the

captive jetty, dedicated conveyor corridor with 10.2 Km will be provided. The same conveyor

corridor will be utilized for transportation of materials from jetty to cement plant.

Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Clinker and Cement are

the main commodity to be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. In addition to that, dry bulk

commodities like Coal, Pet coke, and Limestone will also be handled. Lighterage operation will be

performed to load the product materials in large sized vessel at the anchorage point located

about 60 km south west of berthing jetty at open sea. Lighterage operation using barges will be

developed for to and fro transport of raw materials and product materials from anchorage point

to berthing jetty.

Desalination plant of 9 MLD capacity will be provided within the backup area. Seawater intake

and brine reject outfall pipeline are planned in Kori creek adjacent to berthing jetty without

obstructing the barge movement.

The proposed berthing jetty with approach trestle and desalination plant falls under following

sectors as per EIA Notification, 2006 and CRZ Notification, 2011:

Activity Sector Category Clearance

needed

Berthing Jetty with trestle

and approach road

: 7 (e) A EC+CRZ

Desalination plant : - - CRZ

As per CRZ Notification, 2011, setting up of any industry, operations or processes and

manufacture or handling within CRZ limit requires prior CRZ clearance. Therefore, the proposed

project requires both Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate

Change (MoEF&CC) and CRZ clearance from Gujarat Coastal Zone Management Authority

(GCZMA) and MoEF&CC.

In order to meet this statutory requirement, Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study on

Captive Jetty with trestle and approach road, Desalination plant with seawater intake and brine

reject outfall and related infrastructures (backup storage, utilities and amenities) for integrated

unit of Lakhpat Cement Works has carried out by Indomer Coastal Hydraulics (P) Ltd., Chennai

ACL INDOMER




which is an ISO 9001:2015 organization and NABET - QCI accredited organization vide

NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0082 & 05.01.18 for the Sector 27: Oil & Gas Transportation pipeline (crude

and refinery/ petrochemical products), passing through national parks/ sanctuaries/ coral reefs/

ecologically sensitive areas including LNG Terminal and Sector 33: Ports, harbours, jetties, marine

terminals, breakwaters and dredging and NABL accredited organization. The copy of the

accreditation is presented in Chapter 12.

Field studies were undertaken during September – October 2018 representing the post monsoon

period. This report presents the details of EIA and EMP studies carried out for the proposed

development of captive Jetty with trestle and approach road, conveyor corridor, desalination

plant with seawater intake and brine reject outfall and related infrastructure facilities for

Integrated Lakhpat Cement Works. Environmental Impact Assessment study on Cement plant,

Thermal power plant and Mining of minerals has been done by M/S Greencindia Consulting Pvt.

Ltd, Ghaziabad for which the report is submitted separately.

1.1. Purpose of the Report

As per Environment Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September 2006, new projects or

activities, or the expansion or modernization of existing projects proposed in any part of India

shall obtain prior environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment Forests and Climate

Change (MoEF&CC)/State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA).

Proposed berthing jetty with trestle and approach road falls under following list of activities

requiring prior environmental clearance:

Project/Activity Sector Capacity/Area Category Type of clearance

required

Berthing Jetty with

Approach trestle 7 (e) 19 MMTPA A EC+CRZ

Desalination plant - 9 MLD - CRZ

In compliance with the EIA Notification 2006, ACL has to obtain Environmental Clearance (EC)

and Coastal Regulatory Zone (CRZ) clearance for various activities listed above. Accordingly, ACL

has presented the details of various project activities proposed to grand ToR to Expert Appraisal

Committees of Mining Project, Industrial Project, Thermal Power Project and Infrastructure

Development and Miscellaneous Project.

ACL has presented the project details to Expert Appraisal Committee- Infra-2 (Infrastructure and

Miscellaneous Projects + CRZ) in its 26th meeting held on 14 - 15 December 2017, for Captive

Jetty, Desalination plant with intake and outfall and related Infrastructures (backup storage,

utilities and amenities). After detailed deliberations, EAC committee has recommended the

project for grant of ToR.

Ministry of Environment and Forest has issued the Terms of Reference (ToR) vide letter No. F.

No. 10-63/2017-IA-III dated 22nd March 2018. Later, ACL has requested for amendment in ToR

due to increase in proposed cement grinding capacity and hence the increase in berth handling

capacity. Accordingly, Ministry of Environment and Forest vide letter no. F. No. IA-J-

11011/494/2017-IA-II(I) has delivered amendment to issued ToR on 25th June 2018 for the

ACL INDOMER




preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report and Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) with specific and general conditions in addition to Standard ToR.

The EIA report has been prepared in accordance with the ToR issued by MoEF&CC. Details of

issued ToR along with compliance of ToR conditions is given in Section 1.5.

1.2. Identification of Project and Project Proponent

Identification of Project

Adani cementation Limited (ACL) proposes to setup an Integrated cement project as Lakhpat

Cement Works which includes Limestone Mine Area (251.9 ha), Clinkerisation Plant (10 MTPA),

Cement Plant (10 MTPA), Captive Power Plant and WHRS (99 MW) including Coal based Thermal

Power Plant and Waste Heat Recovery System, Berthing Jetty (19 MTPA), Desalination Plant (9

MLD) and Conveyor corridor (10.2 km) at villages of Koriyani, Kapurasi, Maldo, Mudhvay in

Lakhpat Taluka, Kutch District, Gujarat.

Berthing Jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Clinker and cement are

the main commodity to be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. In addition to that, dry bulk

commodities like Coal, Pet coke, and Limestone will also handle through proposed berthing jetty.

Lighterage operation will be performed to load the product materials in large sized vessel at the

anchorage point at open sea located about 60 km south west of berthing jetty. Barges will be

utilized for transport of clinker to coastal grinding units.

Integrated Project at a Glance

Sl.

No. Plant/ Activity Village Commodity Unit Capacity

1 Limestone Mine Mudhvay Lime stone MTPA 12

2 Cement Plant Koriyani Clinker MTPA 10

Cement MTPA 10

3 Captive Power

Plant and WHRS

Koriyani Power MW 99

4 Captive Jetty Kapurasi

Clinker MTPA 5

Cement MTPA 10

Limestone MTPA 1

Coal/Petcoke/Fly

Ash, Slag/Gypsum

etc.

MTPA 3

5 Desalination Plant Kapurasi Water MLD 9

6 Conveyor corridor

Maldo, Mudhvay,

Koriyani and

Kapurasi,

Total length of 10.2 km

ACL INDOMER




Project Proponent

Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) is wholly owned subsidiary of Adani Enterprises Limited (AEL)

created on 6th December 2016, Adani has grown to become a global integrated infrastructure

player with businesses in key industry verticals - Resources, Logistics, Energy and Agro. The

integrated model is well adapted to the infrastructure challenges of the emerging economies. It

has combined market capitalization in excess of US$ 20 billion, a sales turnover of US$ 9 billion,

employing over 10,000 people and having diverse interests in global trading, development and

operation of Ports, IDC terminal, establishment of SEZ, Oil refining, logistics, gas distribution,

Power Generation, Power Transmission and Power Trading etc. Adani Port at Mundra promoted

by the Adani group is operational since 1998. Adani group is manned by experienced and highly

qualified professionals including technocrats of repute. The team has demonstrated capabilities

in conceptualization and implementation large projects excellent records of establishing

benchmarks in the industry. Adani group has rich and extensive experience of liaison with

government agencies, import, funding etc. With this track record of the organization in tying up

finances, flow of funds will not pose any problem for implementation of the proposed project of

its cement division. Adani Cementation Ltd (ACL) has been formed for development of a number

of Cement Projects (Integrated Cement Plant, Grinding Units & Limestone Mine).

1.3. Brief Description of Project

Project Location: Limestone Mine Area, Clinkerisation Plant, Cement Plant, Captive Power Plant,

Berthing Jetty, Desalination Plant and Conveyor corridor will be developed at villages of Koriyani,

Kapurasi, Maldo, Mudhvay adjacent to Kori creek in Lakhpat Taluka, Kutch District, Gujarat.

Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea and backup storage area

near village Kapurasi. Location map of project area is shown in Fig. 1.1.

Activity wise location of the proposed Lakhpat Cement Works is given below:

Village/

Taluka

Limestone

Mine

Cement plant

& Power

Plant

Conveyor Corridor Berthing Jetty Desalination

Plant

Taluka Lakhpat

Village Mudhvay Koriyani Maldo, Mudhvay,

Koriyani and Kapurasi Kapurasi Kapurasi

Nature of Project: Integrated industrial project (Cement plant, Limestone Mining, Captive Power

Plant, Berthing Jetty and Desalination Plant).

Size of Project: Capacity of proposed facilities is given below.

ACL INDOMER




Sl.

No. Plant/ Activity Commodity Unit Capacity

1 Captive Jetty

Clinker MTPA 5

Cement MTPA 10

Limestone MTPA 1

Coal/Petcoke/FlyAsh,

Slag/Gypsum etc. MTPA

3

2 Desalination

Plant Water MLD

9

3 Conveyor

corridor Total length of 10.2 km

Importance to the Country and Project Region: Cement is one of the major factor in

infrastructure growth. Adani group is known for its environment friendly initiatives across

sectors it operates in and strong reputation for sustainable growth. Disposal of fly ash is an

environmental concern which is faced all coal based thermal power generating plants. Cement

can consume up to thirty five percent of fly ash produced in the power plants and thus reduce

environmental concern. The cement projects planned by Adani group would also generate

immense employment opportunities, improvement of socio economics of the area by way of

education, vocational training, animal husbandry, improving infrastructure facilities such as

roads, transport, improvement in drinking water supply, medical facility etc.

Total cement production in India does not match the demand growth and hence new capacities

have to come up concurrently. The proposed plant will ensure that the supply situation is

comfortable in the coming times, as growth is expected to propel demand.

The Adani group is committed to the development of the country and will put all efforts for

comprehensive development of the project area also as being practiced by us at other

establishments.

1.4. Scope of the Study

As per the ToR prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee - Infra-2 of Ministry Environment

Forest and Climate Change (Infrastructure and Miscellaneous Projects + CRZ), 10 km radius from

the proposed berthing Jetty covering intake and outfall location of Desalination plant is

considered for the EIA and EMP study.

The scope of EIA study broadly includes the following:

i) Environmental baseline data collection: Primary baseline data collection through field survey and monitoring with respect to marine environment (seawater, seabed sediment, subtidal and intertidal benthos, marine ecology and biodiversity).

ii) Identification and prediction of environmental impacts of the proposed project and their mitigation measures.

iii) Disaster Management Plan, Risk Assessment and Mathematical modelling studies.

ACL INDOMER




iv) Formulation of Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest environment monitoring requirements for effective implementation of EMP.

The EIA report has been prepared according to the Ministry Environment Forest and Climate

Change dt. 14th September 2006. Details of issued ToR along with compliance to each ToR points

is presented below.

1.5. TOR and Compliance

ToR

No. Additional ToR Reference

i. Importance and benefits of the project

Importance of Project is

presented in Chapter 1, Section

1.3, Page 1.5. The details

regarding project benefits is


9.1 to 9.5, Page 9.1 to 9.4.

ii. Submit a complete set of documents required as per para 4.2 (i) of

CRZ Notification, 2011.

CRZ documents required as per

para 4.2 (i) of CRZ Notification,

2011 demarcated by IRS, Anna

University, Chennai is given

separately. The extract of CRZ

classification and copy of map is

shown in Fig. 1.2.

iii. Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map

demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale.

The layout superimposed on the

HTL/LTL map demarcated by IRS,

Anna University, Chennai is given

separately. The extract of CRZ

map is shown in Fig. 1.2.

iv. Recommendation of the SCZMA. To be obtained

v. Stage- I forest clearance to be submitted. Stage- I forest clearance is

applied and is under process.

vi. Various Dock and shipbuilding facilities with capacities for existing

and proposed project.

There are no Docks or Ship

building facilities proposed.

vii. List of cargo to be handled along with mode of transportation.

The details of cargoes to be

handled is presented in Chapter

2, Section 2.4.1, Page 2.13.

viii. Layout plan of existing and proposed Port.

Layout of proposed berthing jetty

with approach trestle and rock

bund is shown in Fig. 2.3.

ix. Study the impact of dredging on the shoreline.

Impact of dredging is presented

in Chapter 5, Section 5.3, Page

5.8 & 5.9.

x. A detailed impact analysis of rock dredging.

Proposed location for berthing

jetty consists of predominantly

coarse sediments. No rock

dredging is anticipated.

xi. Mitigation measures for transport of Clinker/Cement.

Impacts and mitigation measures

for transport of Clinker/Cement

through Sea is presented in

Chapter 5, Section 5.3, Pages 5.9

to 5.12.

ACL INDOMER




ToR


xii. Details of loading and unloading arrangement for material.

Details loading and unloading

arrangement for raw material is


2.4, Page 2.17 to 2.20.

xiii.

Study the impact of dredging and dumping on marine ecology and

draw up a management plan through the NIO or any other

institute specializing in marine ecology.

Details on impact of dredging

and dumping on marine ecology

is presented in Chapter 5, Section

5.3, Pages 5.8. & 5.9.

xiv.

A detailed analysis of the physico-chemical and biotic components

in the highly turbid waters round the project site (as exhibited in

the Google map shown during the presentation), compare it with

the physico-chemical and biotic components in the adjacent

clearer (blue) waters both in terms of baseline and impact

assessment and draw up a management plan.

Sampling programme was

planned in such a way to

understand the turbid waters at

nearshore and the blue water at

offshore. Comparative analysis is


4.5 Page 4.34 to 4.36.

xv.

Details of Emission, effluents, solid waste and hazardous waste

generation and their management in the existing and proposed

facilities.

No effluent discharge is

anticipated from the proposed

berthing jetty. Management plan

for solid and hazardous waste

likely to be generated at

proposed jetty is presented

Chapter 10, Section 10.2, Page

10.6.

xvi.

The EIA would also include an affidavit that no Hazardous

chemicals as defined under the Environment Protection Act, 1986

are proposed to be handled.

Affidavit for no Hazardous

chemicals as defined under the

Environment Protection Act, 1986

are proposed to be handled is

presented in the Terrestrial EIA

report.

xvii. The Air Quality Index shall be calculated for base level air quality.

Air quality monitoring carried out

as per Notification issued on 16th

November 2009 is presented in

the Terrestrial EIA.

xviii. Toxicity Factor to be carried out on treated trade effluent beside

chemical analysis. No generation of trade effluent.

xix. The existing project should avail of and submit consent to operate

from the State Pollution Control Board.

It is a greenfield project hence,

application for CTO will be

applied after EC/CTE.

xx.

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of

approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular

and contract).

Details are presented in Chapter

2, Section 2.5, Pages 2.24 & 2.25.

Water balance diagram for the

Integrated project is presented in

the Terrestrial EIA report.

xxi. Wastewater management plan.

No wastewater will be discharged

into the sea. Brine reject

management plan is presented in

Chapter 10, Section 10.2, Page

10.7.

xxii. Details of Environmental Monitoring Plan.

Details of Environmental

Monitoring Plan is presented in

Chapter 6, Page 6.1 to 6.4.

ACL INDOMER




ToR


xxiii.

To prepare a detailed biodiversity impact assessment report and

management plan through the NIOS or any other institute of

repute on marine, brackish water and fresh water ecology and

biodiversity. The report shall study the impact on the rivers, estuary

and the sea and include the intertidal biotopes, corals and coral

communities, molluscs, sea grasses, sea weeds, subtidal habitats,

fishes, other marine and aquatic micro, macro and mega flora and

fauna including benthos, plankton, turtles, birds etc. as also the

productivity. The data collection and impact assessment shall be as

per standard survey methods. This plan duly evaluated and

validated by the State Biodiversity Board shall form a part of the

EIA report.

The marine/coastal ecology and

biodiversity and impact on

intertidal biotopes, corals and

coral communities, molluscs, sea

grasses, seaweeds, subtidal

habitats, fishes, other marine and

aquatic micro, macro and mega

flora and fauna including

benthos, plankton, turtles, birds,

productivity etc. are studied by

the reputed marine biologist of

retired scientists from NIO by

Indomer, the organization

promoted by the scientists on

CSIR-NIO Technology promotion

scheme.

The details are presented in

Chapter 4, Section 4.4, Page 4.19

to 4.34. The likely impacts on the

marine community are given in

Chapter 5, Section 5.3., Page 5.17

to 5.19.

xxiv.

A detailed traffic management and traffic decongestion plan to

ensure that the current level of service of the roads within a 05 kms

radius of the project is maintained and improved upon after the

implementation of the project. This plan should be based on

cumulative impact of all development and increased habitation

being carried out or proposed to be carried out by the project or

other agencies in this 05 Kms radius of the site in different

scenarios of space and time and the traffic management plan shall

be duly validated and certified by the State Urban Development

department and the P.W.D. and shall also have their consent to the

implementation of components of the plan which involve the

participation of these departments.

Traffic management and

decongestion plan for 5 Km

radius of project area is prepared

and discussed in the Terrestrial

EIA report. The validation and

certification of plan to be applied.

xxv. Disaster Management Plan for the above terminal. Details are presented in Chapter

7, Page 7.1 to 7.13.

xxvi. Layout plan of existing and proposed Greenbelt.

Details on proposed Green belt

and layout plan is presented in

Terrestrial EIA report.

xxvii.

A response to any complaints that have been received by the

project against the setting up of the project including the

representation submitted by the Conservation Action Trust.

Response to the representation

submitted by the Conservation

Action Trust is presented in the


xxviii. The details of waste water disposal into the sea, its impacts and

Management plan.

Details on Desalination plant,

intake and outfall is presented in

Chapter 2, Section 2.4.8, Page

2.21 to 2.24. Its impacts and

management plans are presented


5.14 to 5.17.

ACL INDOMER




ToR


xxix. Status of court case pending against the project. As on date, no court case is

pending against this project.

xxx.

Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised, and

commitments made by the project proponent on the same should

be included in EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with

financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

Comments and replies during

Public hearing will be

incorporated in the final EIA

report.

xxxi.

The PP shall explore the possibility of sharing various common

infrastructure facilities with other project proponents, including

upcoming projects, in the surrounding areas to reduce stress on

the natural resource in the area. The PP shall have to submit the

details of efforts made with other project proponents along with

come out of such efforts (including various facilities to be shared)

in the EIA/EMP report.

The jetty allocated to ACL is only

for captive cargo. ACL is in touch

with GMB to explore ways to

handle third party cargo which

will enable common use of this

facility.

xxxii. A tabular chart with index for points wise compliance of above

ToRs.

The tabular chart is presented in

Chapter 1, Section 1.5, Page 1.6

to 1.12.

ToR

No. Standard ToR Reference

i.

Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites

examined/rejected/ selected on merit with comparative statement

and reason/basis for selection. The examination should justify site

suitability in terms of environmental angle, resources sustainability

associated with selected site as compared to rejected sites. The

analysis should include parameters considered along with

weightage criteria for short-listing selected site

Details are presented in Chapter 3,

Page 3.1 to 3.8.

ii.

Details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details

of land use around 10 km radius of the project site. Examine and

submit detail of land use around 10 km radius of the project site

and map of the project area and 10 km area from boundary of the

proposed/existing project area, delineating project areas notified

under the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972/critically polluted areas as

identified by the CPCB from time to time/notified eco-sensitive

areas/interstate boundaries and international boundaries. Analysis

should be made based on latest satellite imagery for land use with

raw images.

Details of land use break-up and

land use/land cover map for the

Integrated project is presented in

the Terrestrial EIA report.

iii.

Submit the present land use and permission required for any

conversion such as forest, agriculture etc. land acquisition status,

rehabilitation of communities/villages and present status of such

activities.

Application for diversion of 2.6564

Ha forest land is submitted and is

under process.

57 Acres of private land in mine

area has been procured and is

under mutation. For this land

resettlement and crop

ACL INDOMER




ToR


compensation amount has been

given separately to the land

owner. Further acquisition of

revenue land is under process.

iv.

Examine and submit the water bodies including the seasonal ones

within the corridor of impacts along with their status, volumetric

capacity, and quality likely impacts on them due to the project.

Details are presented in the


v. Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes, drainage pattern of

the site and surrounding area.

Copy of the contour plan with

slopes, drainage pattern of the site

and surrounding area are

presented in the Terrestrial EIA

report.

vi. Submit the details of terrain, level with respect to MSL, filling

required, source of filling materials and transportation details etc.

Details are presented in the


vii.

Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site and impact on

the existing traffic network due to the proposed project/activities.

A detailed traffic and transportation study should be made for

existing and projected passenger and cargo traffic.

Details on projected cargo traffic is


2.4, Page 2.20.

viii. Submit details regarding R&R involved in the project.

No R&R is involved in the

construction of berthing jetty and

desalination plant.

ix.

Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map

demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale along with

the recommendation of the SCZMA.

The layout superimposed on the

HTL/LTL map demarcated by IRS,

Anna University, Chennai is given

separately. The extract of CRZ map

is shown in Fig. 1.2.

x. Submit the status of shore line change at the project site Details are presented in Chapter 4,

Section 4.1, Page 4.8 & 4.9.

xi. Details of the layout plan including details of channel, breakwaters,

dredging, disposal and reclamation.

Layout of proposed berthing jetty

with approach trestle and rock

bund is shown in Fig. 2.3.

xii.

Details of handling of each cargo, storage, transport along with

spillage control, dust preventive measures. In case of coal, mineral

cargo, details of storage and closed conveyance, dust suppression

and prevention filters.

The details of cargo handling,

storage and transport is presented


2.17 to 2.21.

Impacts and mitigation measures

for transport of Clinker/Cement

through Sea is presented in

Chapter 5, Section 5.3.1, Pages 5.9

to 5.12.

xiii.

Submit the details of fishing activity and likely impacts on the

fishing activity due to the project. Specific study on effects of

construction activity and pile driving on marine life.

Details of fishing activity is

presented in Chapter, Section 4.4,

Page 4.30 to 4.33. Likely impacts

on the fishing activity due to

construction activity and pile

ACL INDOMER




ToR


driving is presented in Chapter 5,

Section 5.3, Page 5.8.

xiv. Details of oil spill contingency plan

A detailed oil spill contingency

plan is presented in Chapter 7,

Section 7.2, Page 7.13 to 7.29.

xv. Details of bathymetry study

Details of bathymetry study is


4.1, Page 4.6.

xvi. Details of ship tranquility study

Details of ship/waves tranquility

study is presented in Chapter 8,

Section 8.9, Page 8.12 to 8.18.

xvii.

Examine the details of water requirement, impact on competitive

user, treatment details, use of treated waste water. Prepare a water

balance chart.

The water requirement will be met

from proposed desalination plant,

hence no impact on competitive

user. Brine reject of 21 MLD

having salinity of 57 ppt will be

disposed into Kori creek.

Sewage treatment plant will be

provided to treat the wastewater

generated from the Integrated

project. Treated waste water will

used for gardening.

xviii. Details of rainwater harvesting and utilization of rain water.

Details on rainwater harvesting

and utilization of rain water are

presented in Terrestrial EIA report.

xix. Examine details of Solid waste generation treatment and its

disposal.

Details are presented in Chapter 5,

Section 5.3, Page 5.10

xx. Details of desalination plant and the study for outfall and intake.

Details on Desalination plant,

intake and outfall is presented in

Chapter 2, Section 2.4.8, Page 2.20

to 2.23. Details on Mathematical

modelling study is presented in


xxi. Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected

incremental load due to the proposed project/activities-.

Baseline environmental quality is

presented in Chapter 4, Page 4.1

to 4.56. Anticipated impacts and

mitigation measures is presented

in Chapter 5, Page 5.1 to 5.19.

xxii. The air quality monitoring should be carried out according to the

notification issued on 16th November 2009.

Air quality monitoring carried out

as per Notification issued on 16th

November 2009 is presented in

Terrestrial EIA.

xxiii.

Examine separately the details for construction and operation

phases both for Environmental Management Plan and

Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters.

Details of Environmental

Monitoring Plan is presented in


Environmental Management Plan

both for construction and

operation phases Chapter 10,

Pages 10.1 to 10.11.

ACL INDOMER




ToR


xxiv.

Submit details of a comprehensive Risk Assessment and Disaster

Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural

and man-made disasters

Risk Assessment and Disaster

Management Plan is presented


xxv.

Submit details of the trees to be cut including their species and

whether it also involves any protected or endangered species.

Measures taken to reduce the number of the trees to be removed

should be explained in detail. Submit the details of compensatory

plantation. Explore the possibilities of relocating the existing trees.

No clearance of tree is anticipated

for construction of berthing jetty

and desalination plant.

xxvi.

Examine the details of afforestation measures indicating land and

financial outlay. Landscape plan, green belts and open spaces may

be described. A thick green belt should be planned all around the

nearest settlement to mitigate noise and vibrations. The

identification of species/ plants should be made based on the

botanical studies.

Details on proposed Green belt

and layout plan is presented in the


xxvii.

The Public Hearing should be conducted for the project in

accordance with provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment

Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should be

addressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public

Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter issued by

the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting

available on the web-site.

The application for the public

hearing will be submitted.

xxviii.

A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance

with the above additional TOR and should be submitted to the

Ministry in accordance with the Notification.

Draft EIA is prepared in

accordance with additional and

general ToR and will be submitted

for public hearing and EC

appraisal as per the EIA

Notification, 2006.

xxix.

Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with

direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project

should be given.

As on date no litigation pending

against the project.

xxx.

The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as

the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt

out.

Cost of the Project is presented in

Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Page 2.26. EMP budget is presented in

Chapter 10, Section 10.8., Page

10.10 & 10.11.

xxxi.

Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies

including anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative

measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available

on Ministry website "http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Port and harbour".

Referred and complied

ACL INDOMER




1.6. Coastal Regulation Zone

The CRZ map has been prepared by IRS, Anna University, Chennai, which is one of the approved

agencies for demarcation of HTL/LTL. The CRZ report on 'Demarcation of High Tide Line (HTL),

Low Tide Line (LTL) and CRZ map for "Lakhpat Cement Works" has been submitted separately.

The copy of CRZ map prepared by IRS, Anna university, Chennai is shown in Fig. 1.2. According to

the CRZ map based on the classification of CRZ Notification, 2011, the proposed development

falls under following Coastal Regulation Zones.

CRZ I A : Ecologically Sensitive Areas

CRZ I B : Area between Low Tide Line (LTL) and High Tide Line (HTL)

CRZ III : 100 mts or width of the creek whichever is less on the landward side.

CRZ IV A : 12 Nautical Miles into the sea from LTL

CRZ Compatibility of the proposed facilities as per CRZ Notification, 2011

Proposed Facility CRZ

classification

Permissible/Regulated/Prohibited

activity as per CRZ Notification

2011

Applicable Clause

CRZ Notification,

2011

Berthing Jetty with

approach trestle and

loading/unloading

systems.

CRZ IV (A) Permissible

3(i)(a)

4(i)(f)

Seawater intake

pipeline. CRZ IV (A)

CRZ I (A)

CRZ I (B)

CRZ III

Permissible

4 (ii)(d),

8 (I)(i)(b),

8 (III)(iii)(h)

Seawater Outfall

pipeline.

CRZ IV (A)

CRZ I (A)

CRZ I (B)

CRZ III

Permissible

4 (ii)(d)

8 (I)(i)(b)

8 (III)(iii)(h)

Desalination plant. Non CRZ area - -

Conveyor system. CRZ IV (A)

CRZ I (A)

CRZ I (B)

CRZ III

Permissible

4(ii)(d)

8(I)(i)(b)

8(III)(A)(i)

ACL INDOMER




Area falling under Coastal Regulation Zone pertaining to the proposed Integrated Unit is

tabulated below:

Description

Area falling in CRZ Area (in Ha)

Mudflat

(CRZ-I A)

Inter Tidal Zone

(CRZ-I B)

Rural

(CRZ-III)

Water body creek

(CRZ-IV A)

Conveyor corridor

(Plant to LTL) - ~1.26 ~2.2 -

Rock bund ~9.1 ~0.76 ~0.1 ~1.5

Jetty with approach Trestle - - - ~5.1

Total area ~9.1 ~2.02 ~2.3 ~6.6

Total area under CRZ: ~20.02 Ha Source: ACL

1.7. Structure of EIA Report

The entire report has been prepared in accordance with the generic structure of the EIA report as

per Appendix III of EIA Notification 2006. The structure of EIA report is indicated below.

Chapter 1 : Introduction

Chapter 2 : Project Description

Chapter 3 : Analysis of alternatives

Chapter 4 : Description of the Environment

Chapter 5 : Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Chapter 6 : Post Project Monitoring Program

Chapter 7 : Additional Studies

Chapter 8 : Modelling Studies

Chapter 9 : Project Benefits

Chapter 10 : Environmental Management Plan

Chapter 11 : Summary and Conclusion

Chapter 12 : Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

Reference

440000 mX

PORT LOCATION

68°30' E

23°50' N

FIG.1.1. LOCATION MAP OF PROJECT SITE

450000 mX 460000 mX

2630000 m

Y2640000 m

Y2650000 m

Y

N

NE

SE

NW

SW

S

EW

SPHEROID - WGS 84

ZONE - 42

68°20' E68°10' E68°00' E

23°40' N

23°30' N

2620000 m

Y2610000 m

Y2600000 m

Y

430000 mX420000 mX410000 mX

400000 mX

68°40' E

FIG. 1.2. COASTAL REGULATION ZONE MAP

ACL INDOMER




2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter deals with the details on Type of project, Need of the project, Location of project,

Project layout, Size/Magnitude of operation, Proposed project schedule, Technology and process

description and Resource requirement.

2.1. Type of Project

Lakhpat Cement Works is an integrated industrial project which includes the following:

• Plant of 10 MTPA Clinker and 10 MTPA Cement capacity.

• Captive Power Plant (75 MW) along with WHRS (24 MW).

• Limestone mining in 251.9 ha. area.

• Berthing Jetty of capacity 19 MMTPA with trestle, approach road and conveyor belt.

• Desalination plant of capacity 9 MLD with seawater intake and brine reject outfall.

• Conveyor corridor for about 10.2 km.

2.2. Need for the Project

Indian Cement Industry

Cement industry is one of the most important infrastructure industry and Cement is crucial for

infrastructure development of the Country. With nearly 390 million tonnes of cement production

capacity, India is the second largest cement producer in the world.

Cement Production Growing at a Fast Pace

• Cement production increased from 161.3 to 407 million tonnes from 2007 to 2017.

• Availability of fly-ash and use of advance technology has increased production of blended

cement.

• Sharp growth in construction, infrastructure and real estate in Indian economy leading to

strong momentum in Cement industry.

ACL INDOMER




Strong Demand Drivers

i. Housing growth

ii. Infrastructure growth

iii. Commercial real estate growth

iv. Government initiatives towards new schemes

v. Development in Metro, Roads, Airports

Apart from demand due to domestic

consumption, India is one of the major

exporters of cement to countries like Myanmar,

Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Nepal. As these countries are not capable of producing cement by

themselves due to lack of Lime stone deposits, the demand is expected to grow in the coming

years.

There is a large demand for cement in the Indian coastal areas where there is deficit in cement

supplies. Keeping in view with above statistics of cement consumption and production, Adani

Cementation Limited has proposed to setup integrated cement plant. The main aim of the project

is to supply cement to coastal locations of India through coastal shipping. Major demand centres

of proposed cement plant will be Gujarat, Karnataka, Kerala, and Maharashtra.

The cement projects planned by group would also generate employment opportunities and

significant contribution to the state & central through CSR activities.

2.3. Project Location

Location map of project site is shown in Fig. 1.1. Integrated Lakhpat Cement Works is proposed

on the banks of Kori creek at villages of Koriyani, Kapurasi, Maldo, Mudhvay in Lakhpat Taluka,

Kutch District, Gujarat. Integrated cement works will be established in flat barren land without

any vegetation. Topographically, the project area is plain with minor undulations gentle sloping

towards west. The elevation of the project site ranges between 0 m (near berthing jetty) and 20

m (Cement Plant) above MSL.

Berthing jetty, Intake well and Outfall diffuser is proposed in Kori creek. Project site is

characterized with wide tidal mud flats. Number of small creeks separated with sand bars are the

typical morphology of project location. These creeks offer seawater supply to wide tidal flats

during high tide hours. The location details of proposed facilities are listed below.

64%17%

13%6%

Major Cement Drivers (2015)

Housing Sector

Infrastruture

Commerical

Industrial

ACL INDOMER




Location details of proposed facilities

Revenue Details and Coordinates of Cement Plant and CPP

Survey No. and Area Sl. No. Easting Northing

Village: Koriyani

Govt. Land: Area: ~141.84 Ha.

Survey No.: 157, 159 & 160

Private Land: Area: ~48.39 Ha.

Survey No.: 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148,

149, 150, 151, 152, 153 & 158

Total Area: ~190.23 Ha.

1 23°44'35.69"N 68°39'42.58"E

2 23°44'18.52"N 68°39'49.02"E

3 23°44'05.06"N 68°39'52.36"E

4 23°43'54.26"N 68°39'46.54"E

5 23°43'53.17"N 68°39'53.88"E

6 23°43'55.54"N 68°40'09.65"E

7 23°43'51.18"N 68°40'24.87"E

8 23°43'42.76"N 68°40'26.67"E

9 23°43'39.49"N 68°40'37.79"E

10 23°43'49.48"N 68°40'37.18"E

11 23°44'11.14"N 68°40'43.42"E

12 23°44'21.45"N 68°40'42.72"E

13 23°44'27.41"N 68°40'44.78"E

14 23°44'27.75"N 68°40'35.53"E

15 23°44'31.84"N 68°40'17.67"E

16 23°44'43.71"N 68°40'10.51"E

Revenue Details and Coordinates of Mudhvay Limestone Mines Block C

Survey No. and Area Sl.

No. Easting Northing

Village: Mudhvay

Govt. Land: Area: 160.627 Ha

Survey No.: 26P, 27 P

Private Land: Area:91.276 Ha

Survey No.: 26P/7, 26P/10, 26P/12,

26P/16, 8P/1, 8P/2, 18P/3, 8P/9, 26P/22,

26P/18, 26P/41, 26P/49, 26P/33, 26P/11,

26P/42, 26P/30, 26P/57, 26P/32, 26P/25,

26P/8, 26P/52, 26P/37, 26P/9, 26P/19,

26P/27, 26P/63, 26P/47, 27P/10

Total Area in (Ha) – 251.9 Ha

MN1 23°43'59.93" N 68°41'51.66" E

MN2 23°44'04.91" N 68°42'08.92" E

MN3 23°42'52.46" N 68°42'40.94" E

MN4 23°42'43.65" N 68°41'53.25" E

Revenue Details and Coordinates of Conveyor Corridor

Survey No. Sl.


Villages: Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani and

Kapurasi

Forest Land: Area: ~2.6564 Ha.

CN1 23°44'5.63"N 68°41'33.34"E

ACL INDOMER




Survey No.: 52P & 24P

Gauchar Land: Area: ~1.7235 Ha.

Survey No.: 28P

Govt. Land: Area: ~1.2993 Ha.

Survey No.: 137, 231, 232, 138, 107 & 108

Private Land (Ha): ~2.4108

Survey No.: 133, 135 & 136 (Koriyani) and

52P (Kapurasi)

Total Area (Ha) – ~8.09

CN2 23°44'20.04"N 68°38'46.29"E

CN3 23°44'15.09"N 68°36'56.19"E

Revenue Details and Coordinates of Berthing Jetty and Backup Storage Area

Survey No. Sl.


Kori Creek of Arabian Sea

Water Front (Jetty)

JT1 23°44'50.99"N, 68°34'41.81"E

JT2 23°44'36.93"N, 68°34'50.69"E

Total Area: 4.05 Ha.

Village: Kapurasi

Backup Storage Area

BK1 23°44'15.23"N 68°37'17.63"E

BK2 23°44'15.54"N 68°37'26.00"E

Site connectivity: The project site (Cement plant) is located at 115 km southeast of Bhuj and 13

km northeast of Lakhpat. The project site can be only assessed through road network. Nearest

highway available to the project site is SH 6. The nearest airport is Bhuj at 112 km southeast of

project site. The nearest villages are Kapurashi, Koriyani, Kaiyari, and Mundhvay. Nearest

commercial port is Jakhavu.

Major features of surrounding the project site are:

i. International border of India and Pakistan/BSF Post

ii. Koteshwar temple and Jetty

iii. Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary

iv. Reserve forest

v. Network of creek system

vi. Tidal flats

vii. Akrimota Lignite Coal Power Station

i. International Border of India and Pakistan

Seaward side of Lakhpat is guarded by Border Security Force (BSF) as salt marshes of Lakhpat

shares International border with Pakistan.

ACL INDOMER




ii. Koteshwar Temple and Jetty

Koteshwar Mahadev temple is situated close to the mouth of Kori creek, about 15 km southwest

of proposed Cement plant. The Jetty is being used by the water wing of Border Security Forces

and by inhabitants of Narayan Sarovar for fishing purpose. Lakhpat Fort is located about 13 km

from the Cement plant.

iii. Narayan Sarovar Wild Life Sanctuary

Narayan Sarovar Wild Life Sanctuary is a unique eco-system, a part of which is a seasonal

wetland in the arid zone that play mother to 15 threatened wildlife species and encompasses

desert thorn and scrub forests, dotted with several seasonal water bodies and grassy patches.

As per Ministry of Environment and

Forest Notification dt. 31st May 2012 on

Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary,

mean distance of 1.5 km is notified under

Eco Sensitive Zone surrounding the

boundary of Narayan Sarovar. Kori creek

is present on the west and no prominent

features on the eastern, northern, and

southern side of wild life sanctuary. More

details of Narayan Sarovar wild life

sanctuary ESZ is provided in Chapter 4.

Proposed cement plant, mining area and berthing jetty falls away from the boundary of notified

Eco Sensitive Zone of Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary. Shortest distance from the boundary

of ESZ and Narayan Sarovar to proposed berthing jetty is 2.8 km and 5.8 km respectively.

iv. Reserve Forest

Reserve forest map surrounding the proposed facilities is shown in Fig. 2.1. Details of reserve

forest and their shortest distance to proposed berthing jetty is given below:

------- Boundary of Narayan Sarovar Wild Life

Sanctuary.

------- Eco Sensitive Zone of Narayan Sarovar Wild

Life Sanctuary.

ACL INDOMER




Details of reserve forest and their shortest distance to proposed berthing jetty

S.

No Name

Notified

Reserve Forest

Area (Ha)

Distance (km)

from Berthing

Jetty

1 Baranda RF 737.4 20

2 Budha RF 1068.3 12

3 Chakrai RF 728.4 24

4 Goohatad RF 1204.0 08

5 Guvar Nani RF 371.3 10

6 Harudi RF 341.5 26

7 Kaiyari RF 965.8 04

8 Kandj Rk 133.5 09

9 Lakshmirani RF 873.4 20

10 Mudhvay RF 286.3 12

11 Mudia RF 695.1 17

12 Nareda RF 885.5 19

13 Naredi RF 444.7 14

14 Ratipal RF 1819.7 23

15 West Mangrove RF 364.3 12 Source: Toposheet No. F42C10 (41 A/10)

v. Network of Tidal Creeks

Lakhpat coastline is unique among the Indian coastal lines due to presence of dense tidal

network and deltaic coast. Large part of

the tidal network will be inundated

during high tide as Lakhpat and

adjacent areas are tide dominated

coastline. Tidal network of project

region is shown in Fig. 2.2.

Network of tidal creeks includes Kori

creek, Padala creek, Vianwari creek, Pir

Sanai creek, Pabewari creek and Sir

creek. Each of these tidal creek systems

is separated by swampy and marshy

lands with mangrove swamps. Geographic features of the project region include:

Tidal mud flats

Tidal creeks

Barrier beaches

Mangroves

ACL INDOMER




Kori Creek

Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek. On the west, Padala creek, Vianwari creek, Pir

Sanai creek, Pabewari creek and Sir creek separated by intertidal flats and mud islands are

present. The creek system has large intertidal mudflats due to the sedimentation of Indus

drain and high tidal range varying from 3 to 5 m. The entrance part of the Kori creek

facing the Arabian sea is wave dominated and the remaining part of the creek inside is

dominate by tides.

Major part of the Kori creek is wide with about average width of 7 km. It forms part of

larger deltaic coast of Indus (Sindhu) river. This coastal segment is mainly made up of

depositional landforms and emerging coastal features. Depth of about 6 m CD is available

along the Koteshwar channel near Narayan Sarovar where berthing jetty is proposed.

Bathymetry at the mouth of Kori creek is complex due to the formation of small channels

of different length, bars and shoals. Also, phenomenon of bar formation exists near the

mouth. Mangrove swamp is present on the western side of Kori creek.

Padala and Vianwari Creek

Padala creek is located west of Kori creek separated by intertidal flats of about 8 km width.

Numerous minor creeks with presence of mangroves on either side of the creek is seen in

these intertidal flats. Further north of Padala creek lies Vianwari creek. These creeks are

again separated by intertidal flats of about 5 km. Similar to the entire swampy marsh land

in the area, these tidal flats are also contained with numerous minor creeks with presence

of mangroves. Vianwari creek extends upto India - Pakistan border on the north and

meets Pabewari creek on the west which eventually meets Sir creek further west. These are

uninhabited marshy lands separated by tidal network.

Pir Sanai Creek

Pir Sanai creek is placed between Kori on the east and Sir creek on the west with about

average width of 1.5 km with varying bathymetry.

Pabewari Creek

Pabewari creek is situated northeast of Pir Sanai creek, which runs upto India Pakistan

border and meets Sir creek further northeast. Either side of the creek is endowed with

presence of mangroves.

Sir Creek

Sir creek which divides Kachchh region with Sindh provinces of Pakistan is located about

20 km west of Kori creek and is the international border between India and Pakistan. This

coastal segment composed of vast tidal flats, mangroves and barrier beaches. Entire creek

system gets completely flooded during during monsoon (June - September) and is home

to many migratory birds. The creek is located in the uninhabited marshlands. This coastal

segment is mainly made up of depositional landforms and emerging coastal features.

ACL INDOMER




Sir Creek's core importance is its fishing resources. Further, immense potential economic

benefits as the marshlands are estimated to be rich in hydrocarbons and shale gas, is

another importance of Sir Creek.

v. Tidal Mud Flats

West of Kori creek is occupied with rich tidal flats.

The mud flats are separated by numerous tidal

creeks as mentioned above. These tidal flats

separated by numerous creeks are observed with

dense mangroves. Wide tidal flats of India

Pakistan border assume immense significance

since tidal flats support life, and are key habitat

that to fishes and migratory birds.

Tidal flats are also observed in area north of Kori creek towards the Great Rann of Kachchh. Most

of the salt pans are located within high tidal mud flat areas. The tidal mud flats are merged with

saline sand flats towards NE direction. Compared to tidal flats west of Kori creek, these high-

tidal mudflats are not biologically active as these areas do not receive daily tides. Therefore,

these mudflats remain dry and salt exposed land most of the time in dry seasons. Except some

scattered and stunted mangroves plants, no other forms of vegetation exists towards Lakhpat.

vi. Akrimota Lignite Coal Power Station

Gujarat Mineral Development Cooperation Ltd. (GMDC) has 2 X 125 MW Thermal Power Project

at village Nani Chher. Both the units have

been in commercial operation since March

2005. It is getting Lignite from its own

mines located at Panandhro, Mata-no-

Madh and Umarsar located 18 km

northeast of power plant. The cooling water

requirement for the power plant is taken

from the Kori creek through a 1.4 km long

sea water intake channel. The warm water is

disposed off at Kori creek through outfall

pipeline. A 100 m thick green belt surrounds the entire site. The power station is located about

4 km from the proposed cement plant. Due to this existing neighbouring industrial unit no

cumulative impact is anticipated in the project region.

Tidal flats of Kori Creek

Akrimota Lignite Coal Power Station

ACL INDOMER




Salient Features of Project Region

The salient features of the project region are given in a below.

Salient features of the project region

Sl. No Particulars Details

1 Location Berthing Jetty

Kori creek, Kapurasi Village,

Lakhpat

Conveyor

Corridor

Maldo, Mudhvay, Koriyani and

Kapurasi Village, Lakhpat

Cement Plant Koriyani Village, Lakhpat

Mudhvay

Limestone Mine Mudhvay Village, Lakhpat

2 Toposheet No. F42C10 (41A/10)

3 Current land use Barren land

4 Topography Plain barren land with 0 m (near berthing jetty) and 20

m (Cement Plant) above MSL.

5 Nearest Village Kapurashi, Koriyani, Kaiyari, and Mundhvay

6 Taluka Lakhpat

7 Nearest town Narayan Sarovar (～15 km SW)

8 Nearest highway SH 6

9 Nearest railway station Naliya (～ 65 km SE), Gandhidham (～160 km SE)

10 Nearest airport Rudra Mata Domestic Airport, Bhuj

(～ 112 km SE)

11 Nearest commercial port Jakhavu (～ 60 km SE)

12 Nearest water bodies Kori creek (～5 km W), Kapurasi Nala (Seasonal river)

13 Industries Akrimota Lignite Coal Power Station (～3 km)

14 Protected areas (National

parks/ sanctuaries)

Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary

No Marine National Park

15 Archeologically Important

Places

Lakhpat Fort (～13 km NE)

Koteshwar Mahadev temple (～15 km SW)

16 Ecologically Sensitive

Areas

Tidal flats of Kori creek

Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary

17 Reserve Forest Yes

18 Seismic Zone Zone V (Highest - Very High Risk Zone)

19 BSF Posts Yes *All distances are measured as Aerial distances from proposed Cement plant.

ACL INDOMER




Koteshwar Jetty

Abandoned Koteshwar Jetty Fishing fleet near Koteshwar Jetty

ACL INDOMER




Koteshwar temple Lakhpat fort

Mangroves on the western marsh land of Kori creek

ACL INDOMER




Wide tidal flats of Kori creek

ACL INDOMER




2.4. Proposed Facilities

The marine infrastructure comprises of berthing jetty with trestle and approach road. Berthing

jetty will be equipped with material handling system along with conveyor corridor. The details of

marine facilities are presented below.

2.4.1. Berthing Jetty

The master plan of the berthing Jetty is prepared based on expected traffic at different timelines,

size of vessels, facility requirements in terms of number and length of berths, navigational

requirements, and storage area required for each type of cargo, material handling system, road

access for the receipt/dispatch, evacuation of cargo, and other utilities and service facilities.

Berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA capacity will be developed for the transport of raw material and

product materials. At the proposed jetty location water depth available is about 6 m CD. Layout

of berthing jetty is shown in Fig. 2.3. Proposed traffic projection and material flow is tabulated

below:

Material Traffic projection Material flow Capacity

(MTPA)

Coal/ Petcoke Imported to Lakhpat IU through Barges

Import 3

Slag

Sourced from Hazira/Raigad /Open

market to Lakhpat IU through

Barges/Road

Gypsum Imported to Lakhpat IU through Barges

Fly ash Sourced from Mundra to Lakhpat IU

through Barges or by road

Total import 3

Cement Dispatched from Lakhpat IU through

barges to various bulk terminals.

Export

10

Clinker Dispatched from Lakhpat IU through

barges to various Grinding units 5

Limestone Dispatched from Lakhpat IU through

barges to various Grinding units 1

Total export 16

Overall capacity (Import + Export) 19

From above Table it can be easily inferred that volumes shall ramp up as above. Hence the

Berths, handling systems and backup infrastructure can be developed with the requirement of

facilities.

The cement plant comprises of Clinkerization plant and grinding units. The major finished

commodities from the plant will be Cement. Clinker can also be supplied from this plant as per

ACL INDOMER




market demand. Depending upon market dynamics, Slag can also be used as alternative to Fly

ash for process.

Lime stone requirements of Clinkerization plant will be suffice from the lime stone mine. At plant,

Cement and Clinker are the export commodities. The development of plant will require coal,

gypsum, fly ash and slag as supplement commodities to produce clinker and cement. These

cargoes will be imported via barges from the captive jetty. The export material will be supplied to

various locations, for further process and/or market demand. Import materials will be sourced

from nearby locations. Both, Export and import materials will be transported using barges via sea

route.

Vessel Size

Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to be handled at the proposed jetty. In addition to

that dry bulk commodities, Coal/Pet coke, Gypsum, Fly ash and Limestone will be handled

through proposed jetty. Since the facilities are proposed in Kori creek where natural water depth

available is 6 m CD, Lighterage operation with barges will be used for the operation. Proposed

lighterage route is shown in Chapter 3.

In order to reduce huge capital cost of building deep water & direct berthing port infrastructure,

ACL will develop vessel handling facilities for maximum 12500 DWT vessels. The main vessels

(40,000 DWT to 60,000 DWT) will be handled in the deep sea at anchorage point located about

60 km southwest of proposed Jetty. The dimensions of vessels are shown in table below:

Dimension of anticipated vessels

Anticipated

Size of vessels

(DWT)

Length

(m)

Width

(m)

Loaded

Draft

(m)

2200 70.0 14 4.5

8000 117.1 20 4.8

12500 94.5 30 5.5

Length of the Berths

The size of berthing area will depend upon the dimensions of the largest vessel and the number

of vessels likely to use the terminal. For 8000 DWT barges, the LOA will be about 120 m. This will

not create problem for berthing as adequate clearance will be available as far as the length and

width of the berth is concerned.

Width of Bulk Berth

Width of the berth is based on the functional requirement of conveyors, loading equipment,

unloading equipment and adequate maneuvering space for other equipment. A total width of 28

m has been provided, keeping a provision for front clearance and conveyors and maneuvering

space for other equipment and movement of dumpers.

ACL INDOMER




Deck Elevation

The deck elevation will be kept at (+) 7.0 m CD.

Approach Trestle and Rock Bund

The approach trestle will connect the rock bund to jetty. The length of approach trestle is about

498 m. The approach trestle will be design for class AA loading and stable side slopes on both

the sides such that it should be protected against the wave action. Construction of 498 m long x

12 m wide approach will be constructed with RCC deck supported Bored Cast-in situ pile

foundation. Rock Bund with intermittent suitable diameter of pipe will be provided to allow water

movement across the bund of length 2.815 Km. Cross section of rock bund is shown in Fig. 2.4.

2.4.2. Berth Requirements

Operation Time

Conventional Barges: During monsoon, due to adverse weather conditions conventional river

going barges can't operate/navigate in open sea area. Therefore, excluding monsoon, it is

assumed that proposed terminal will work seven days a week, which brings the effective number

of working days to 240 days per year for mid sea operations of smaller size barges.

Seagoing barges: Sea going barges which can travel during monsoon are also being considered

for the round year operation as looking to size of clinker plant and hinterland requirements.

Therefore, in this case, working days can be increased up to 350 days. Further, port will operate

round the clock i.e. three shifts of eight hours each. This results in an effective working of 21

hours a day.

Handling Rates

Considering the projected throughput, the handling systems assumed for various commodities

are described below.

Achievable Handling rates (TPH)

Commodity Form Export/Import Type of

loading/unloading

Achievable

Handling

Rate (TPH)

Clinker Dry Bulk Export Mechanised 1000 - 1200

Cement Dry Bulk Export Mechanised 1800 - 2000

Limestone Dry Bulk Export Mechanised 800

Coal/Pet

coke/Slag/Fly

ash

Dry Bulk Import Mechanised 800

Fully mechanized export system comprising of barge loader, conveyor system from directly plant

to jetty area. With fully mechanized system, it is expected that around 48,000 T – 54,000 T can be

ACL INDOMER




loaded per day at one berth on an average at 21 working hours per day depending on the size of

barge.

Berth Occupancy

Proposed facilities are of captive nature therefore random arrival of vessels/barges can be

reduced by regulation of the vessel movements. Keeping this in consideration, it is proposed to

limit berth occupancy to 70%. This shall reduce the pre-berthing detention of ships/barges and

offer reduced logistics cost to the shippers.

2.4.3. Navigational and Operational Requirements

The basic navigational and operational requirements to service the vessels calling at port are:

• Sufficient depth in maneuvering area and at berth area

• Sufficient depth and width in approach channel

• Adequate berthing infrastructure

• Mooring system

• Navigational aids

Navigation Channel Dimensions

Proposed navigational channel is shown in Chapter 3. The channel alignment is oriented

considering the following aspects:

• The channel is aligned in a straight line as far as possible.

• The channel is oriented so as to reach the deep-water contours in shortest possible

distance (this is to optimize the quantity of dredging).

• One approach channel with bottom width of 120 m will be provided.

Kori creek has adequate width therefore there is no requirement for widening of channel to

provide 120 m approach channel.

Turning Circle

A turning circle having diameter equal to 1.7 to 2 times the length of the barge will be

maintained at the jetty frontage. Keeping these requirements in view, the dimension of the

turning circle would be as 200 m. However, proposed berthing area has natural draft of 6 m

therefore, no artificial turning circle is required. Turning area can be marked with navigational

aids.

Dredging

Berthing jetty is proposed in Kori creek at 6 m water depth. Therefore, there is no requirement of

dredging in front of berth area. Entire navigational channel from the anchorage to berth pocket

has varying depths. Based on the bathymetry study it is anticipated that no capital dredging will

be required. However, in case of any necessity nominal capital dredging upto 1 Mm3 and

ACL INDOMER




Maintenance dredging upto 0.6 Mm3 will be taken up. Appropriate location having more than 30

m water depth based on mathematical modelling study will be chosen for dredge disposal.

Reclamation

The reclamation levels will be finalized with regards to the risk of flooding. The highest high tide

line (HHTL) at proposed site is about (+) 3.0 m CD. Final reclamation level will be designed based

on HHTL.

2.4.4. Material Handling Systems (MHS)

Overview of Material Handling system for proposed facilities is shown below:

Material Handling System

i. Barge Loader

Conventional type barge loader is proposed and to be fed using a conveyor system.

The barge loader will have the following broad parameters:

i. Length of travel - for the full length of barge berth.

ii. Design capacity - 800 TPH – 2000 TPH.

iii. Outreach - for a barge with a beam of 26 m.

Export – Mechanised (Clinker,

Cement and Limestone)

MHS of proposed facilities

Import – Mechanised (Coal,

Petcoke, Fly ash, Slag)

Barge Loader

Conveyor from plant to jetty

Mobile Harbour Crane &

Industrial Excavator & Truck

loading Hoppers

Transport of material via

dumpers/conveyor to

storage yard/plant

ACL INDOMER




iv. Feeding arrangement – To be fed from a feeding conveyor on the rear side through a

travelling tripper.

v. Boom - Telescopic type or with shuttle arrangement.

vi. Discharge end - with a telescopic or spiral chute to restrict/control the height of fall.

vii. Rail span – To be confirmed by supplier.

Typical

Conventional Barge Loader

ii. Conveyor System

The Clinker, Cement and Limestone loaded at the plant is proposed to be transported directly to

the vessel via conveyor. From the transfer point in the backup area of plant to transfer point of

the jetty it is proposed to install one stream of conveyor of 800 TPH - 2000 TPH.

Based on the secondary information and reconnaissance survey of the proposed jetty & plant

sites as well as the adjoining areas in the vicinity of the sites, a conveyor alignment connecting

the plant stockpile and the jetty has been proposed.

The proposed belt conveyor routing between the jetty and plant has been planned to avoid the

built up area as much as possible to minimize relocations.

Dual side pipe conveyor system is recommended for transportation of clinker/cement/limestone

from the plant to the proposed jetty/marine terminal. In the proposed conveyor system, it will

also be designed to transport unloaded coal, pet coke, Fly ash and Slag from the jetty to plant

area. Considering the future requirements and simultaneously loading/unloading arrangements,

provisions of additional conveyor stream is kept between jetty and clinker plant of same capacity.

ACL INDOMER




c. Mobile Harbour Crane

It is proposed to have tyre mounted mobile harbour crane on jetty to handle import cargo. Barge

will be unloaded using grab operations and discharge into truck loading hopper. Further, cargo

will be loaded to trucks and transferred to destination.

Typical tyre mounted mobile harbour crane

d. Industrial Excavators

For small barges like 2000 DWT, having lower beam and LOA can be handled using long boom

industrial excavators with grab.

Industrial Excavator

e. Truck Loading Hopper

Material will be unloaded from barge and discharged to hopper using grab operation and further

material will be transferred to the truck dumpers using sector gate operation. Equipment

recommended for captive jetty is given below.

ACL INDOMER




Truck loading hopper

Equipment recommended for captive jetty

No. of ship

loader

No. of conveyor

from plant to jetty

No. of industrial

excavator to

handle smaller

barges per berth

No. of Mobile

Harbour crane to

handle bigger size

barges per berth

4 2 4 1

2.4.5. Traffic Potential

Major demand centres / destinations for the proposed cement plant will be mainly Gujarat,

Karnataka, Kerala, and Maharashtra.

The main finished commodities from the plant will be clinker and cement. Details of traffic

projection is presented below:

Traffic Projection

Commodity Export/Import Capacity

(MTPA)

Clinker Export 5

Cement Export 10

Limestone Export 1

Coal/Pet

Petcoke/Slag/Flyash/Gypsum Import 3

Total 19

ACL INDOMER




2.4.6. Storage Requirements

Berth and yard are separated by about 9 - 10 kms of distance. Therefore, it is proposed to create

intermediate storage. This storage will be for mechanised cargo. Storage area will serve following

purposes:

• Storage of cargo during any exigency

• Enhance the productivity in case of requirements

• Inadequate space in plant area in case of any seasonal peak

About one parcel of 40,000 to 50,000 tonne of storage will be developed at intermediate storage

area.

2.4.7. Supporting Infrastructure

Electrical System

Power supply to proposed captive jetty is to be tapped from Cement plant. Adequate power

connection with step down arrangement will be made in cement plant area and it is proposed

that the transmission lines will be extended up to the proposed location of the main receiving

substation.

Firefighting system

Firefighting system of the terminal will be planned, implemented and maintained as per best

industry norms considering the size of the facility. It will be conformed to Tariff Advisory

committee's Guidelines and meet the relevant codal provision. System comprises fire pump

house, hydrants network, water storage Tank, pumping stations with standby arrangements.

Sea water based firefighting system is recommended near water front (jetty side) to cater fire

emergency of jetty and temporary stacking and utility area.

Diesel engine operated firefighting pumps and electrically operated jokey pumps will be installed

in firefighting pump house. Hydrant and fire monitor system will be installed with pipe network.

Water pipe line for berthing face shall preferably be routed through conveyor gallery. Pipeline is

supported at regular interval.

2.4.8. Desalination Plant

ACL has proposed install a Desalination Plant of 9 MLD (9000 m3/day). Total water requirement

project will be 9 MLD including the demand of Cement Plant, Limestone Mine, Captive Power

Plant, Waste Heat Recovery, Captive jetty etc.

ACL INDOMER




Desalination process: Desalination is a process that removes minerals from saline water. Sea

water is desalinated to produce water suitable for human consumption or irrigation. The principal

competing processes uses membranes to desalt saline water principally applying Reverse

Osmosis (RO). The RO membrane processes use semi permeable membranes and applied

pressure (on the membrane feed side) to preferentially induce water permeation through the

membrane while rejecting salt.

The main elements of desalination process include the following:

i. Seawater intake ii. Pre-treatment of feed water iii. Post-treatment and iv. Brine reject

Location of desalination plant, seawater intake and brine reject outfall are shown in Fig. 2.5.

i. Seawater intake

Seawater intake is planned through intake well. Offshore shore intake well will be constructed

adjacent to north of proposed berthing jetty with pump house as super structure. Water depth of

about 8.8 m CD is available at the proposed location. Total length of intake pipeline from

desalination plant to intake location is about 4 km. Seawater from the intake well will be

conveyed by pumping to the desalination plant on the shore through pipelines supported over

trestles. Total intake volume will be 30 MLD. Ambient salinity of intake water is estimated as 40

ppt. Longitudinal section of proposed intake scheme is shown in Fig. 2.6.

ii. Pre-treatment system

a) Coagulation/Flocculation

Coagulation process will be employed to reduce the turbidity feed water to an acceptable

level in order to avoid the fouling on RO membrane. Ferric chloride will be used as a

coagulant and control of pH will be done to achieve the optimum pH for to achieve

maximum efficiency. Polyelectrolyte will be dosed in the flocculation chambers to enhance

the elimination of suspended matter present in sea water by making the colloids to join

together and settles down.

b) Filtration

The filters will be designed to filter suspended solids in water by means of filtering media.

This designs causes particles to be trapped in filter media.

Filters will be designed to make easier inspection and maintenance. It includes drains,

complete instrumentation, as well as the set of pneumatic valves necessary for the automatic

execution of washing operations and start-up. Washing frequency may be modified by the

operator based on inlet water quality.

ACL INDOMER




c) Reverse Osmosis

The RO plant will be a single stage / single pass designed. Each of the RO trains will consist of

one RO rack each, with dedicated pumping system.

Each pressure vessel will house required membrane elements. The design treated water TDS

for the RO plant will be 500 mg/L. No allowance has been made in the RO plant layout for a

second pass RO system.

Ancillary system:

To protect the RO membranes and the smooth process of reverse osmosis system Oxidant

control, Scale control, RO clean in place system, etc will be provided.

iii. Post treatment

Post treatment of permeate is required to meet the statutory product water quality requirements.

Post treatment will consist of remineralisation / stabilization and disinfection of the water.

a) Remineralisation / stabilization

Due to the process of reverse osmosis, desalinated water tends to be very corrosive.

Therefore, before the permeate from reverse osmosis supply, it needs stabilization also known

as remineralisation or conditioning to prevent corrosion.

Water shall be stabilized by the addition of carbon dioxide and lime (calcium hydroxide). The

calcium is dosed via limewater, which is produced by mixing powdered hydrated lime with

reverse osmosis permeate using a clarifier. Carbon dioxide is added to the water. It reacts with

the dosed lime to form calcium bicarbonate, which buffers the water and increase resistance

to changes the pH and thus reduces the corrosivity of water.

b) Disinfection

Chlorine based disinfection (i.e. chlorination) has been considered for the project. Chlorine

kills the micro-organisms by immobilizing their metabolism rendering them harmless.

Chlorine is a slow stable reaction thus its main advantage of chlorine is the formation of

residuals which remain in the water for longer periods of time protecting the system from

bacterial contamination.

iv. Brine Reject

Longitudinal section of outfall scheme is shown in Fig. 2.7. The brine reject outfall with diffuser

ports is planned immediate to west of berthing jetty, i.e. on the downstream side where 8.6 m CD

depth is available. Outfall pipeline will be taken over proposed trestle connecting the rock bund

to berthing jetty. Total length of the outfall pipeline is about 4.5 km. Six diffuser ports of 250 mm

dia. will be provided to control possible impact arises due to brine discharge. Plan view of diffuser

ports arrangements is shown in Fig. 2.8.

ACL INDOMER




Outfall volume: 21 MLD of brine reject will be discharged into the sea. The salinity of the return

water released into the sea will be about 57 ppt which will have the salinity difference of 17 ppt

higher than ambient salinity of 40 ppt.

2.5. Resource Requirement

The details of resource requirement such as Water, Land, Man power, Power, etc. are discussed

below:

Land Requirement

The total area of 454.27 ha. will be needed for development of Lakhpat Cement Works. The land

area required for each facility is given below:

Land breakup details

Activity Area (in Ha.)

Limestone Mine 251.90

Cement Plant and Captive Power Plant 190.23

Jetty Backup Storage 4.05

Conveyor Corridor 8.09

Total 454.27

Manpower requirement

Total man power requirement for the Lakhpat Cement Works during construction phase

estimated to be about 630 nos. and during operational phase 600 nos. including both skilled

and unskilled labourers. The local people will be employed to the extent possible. The

occupation of the inhabitants in the nearby villages is mainly dependent on fishing and

agriculture. Opportunities for jobs under the proposed project will serve as a source of

livelihood for the local people and will pave the way for further developments.

Power Requirement

The maximum estimated power demand for the proposed integrated project is 125 MVA. The

power requirement for the integrated project will be met through CPP, WHRS and supply line

from the State Grid (GVUNL). ACL also plans to setup Captive Power Plant (including coal based

Thermal Power Plant and Waste Heat Recovery System) and total generation of captive power

and WHRS will be 99 MW. It is proposed to explore the harnessing of renewable energy through

Solar Power.

Water Requirement

Total water requirement of the entire project will be 9 MLD. This requirement will be met through

Kori creek by having 9 MLD desalination plant. Breakup details of water requirement is given

below.

ACL INDOMER




Details of water requirement for the proposed facilities

Seawater

Description Entity

Requirement (KLD) Loss/

Consumption

(KLD)

Wastewater

(KLD) Fresh

water

Recycled

water

Process Cement Plant 6600 0 6600 0

CPP & WHRS 2240 0 1112 1128

Domestic use

Cement Plant 100 0 40 60

CPP & WHRS 10 0 4 6

Captive Jetty 25 0 10 15

Mine 25 0 10 15

Landscaping/Green

belt development

Cement Plant 0 60 60 0

CPP & WHRS 0 6 6 0

Captive Jetty 0 15 15 0

Mine 0 15 15 0

Dust Suppression Cement Plant &

CPP & WHRS 0 903 903 0

Mine 0 225 225 0

Total water requirement 9000 1224 9000 1224

Detailed water balance diagram is shown in Annexure I.

2.6. Proposed Project Schedule

The main components for the development of captive port facilities at Kapurasi village comprises

of construction of berths and approach trestle, rock bund, supply and installation of material

handling equipment and onshore infrastructure. Overall project is likely to be completed in 36

months which includes construction period of 30 months and main machinery ordering phase of

6 months. Tentative project implantation schedule is given below.

Intake: 30,000 KLD

Desalination Plant (9,000 KLD)

Outfall: 21,000 KLD

Brine reject to seawater

ACL INDOMER




Proposed Construction Schedule

*The start date of project activities has been assumed as "zero date" for construction & operation of the proposed Lakhpat Cement Works.

2.7. Project Cost

Total investment of Integrated Lakhpat Cement Works is Rs. 7525.71 Crore. Project cost breakup

for different activities is given below.

Total project cost breakup details

Sl.

No Description Total Cost (in Lakhs)

1 Land and site development 14,684

2 Civil works and structures 192,158

3 Plant and machinery 316,682

4 Engineering and know how 6,000

5 Expense on training 900

6 Miscellaneous fixed assets 83,346

7 Pre-operative expenses including

interest during construction period 98,409

8 Contingency @ 6% 36,826

9 Margin money for working capital 3,566

Total Project Cost 752,571

ACL INDOMER




2.8. Summary of Proposed Marine Facilities

Summary of Proposed marine facilities

Item Description

Marine Infrastructure

Berth Development for barges 820 m x 28 m

Approach Trestle 498 m long x 12 m Wide

Rock Bund 2815 m long X 12m Top Width

Intermediate storage area development for

exigency operations

Backup Development (4.05 Ha)

MHS System

Conveyor from Plant to Jetty (800 TPH -

2000 TPH)

Pipe Conveyor (9.220 km long).

Ship Loader 4 No.

Industrial Excavators 4/8 No.

Road Weighbridge (100 T) For Road bound cargo

Truck loading Hopper with 2-Manual

Sector gates, wheels

For Road bound cargo

Approach road from plant to jetty Bituminous 2 lane motorable road x 8.5 km long x

7.5m wide.

RATIPAL RF

NAREDA RF

CHAKRAI RF

BUDHA RF

GOOHATAD RF

MUDIA RF

BARANDA RF

LAKSHMIRANI RF

NAREDI RF

KAIYARI RF

HARUDI RF

MUDHVAY RFKAIYARI RF

WEST MANGROVE RFGUVAR NANI RF

BUDHA RF

KANDJ RK

KAIYARI RFKAIYARI RF

KAIYARI RF

GUVAR NANI RF

68°50'E

68°50'E

68°40'E

68°40'E

68°30'E

68°30'E23

°40'N

23°40

'N

23°30

'N

23°30

'N

FIG. 2.1. RESERVE FOREST MAP OF PROJECT SITE

Captive JettyCement Plant

Lime Stone Mine

Kori Creek

Source: Survey of India Toposheet (F42C10)

:

10 km

15 km

5 km

LegendBerthing JettyReserve_ForestLimestone Mine and Cement Plant

Pad

ala creek

V

i

a

n

w

a

r

i

c

r

e

e

k

P

a

b

e

w

a

r

i

c

r

e

e

k

K

o

r

i

c

r

e

e

k

S

i

r

c

r

e

e

k

P

i

r

s

a

n

a

i

c

r

e

e

k

Kajh

ar

cre

ek

PORT LOCATION

PAKISTAN

INDIA

68°30' E

23°50' N

68°20' E68°10' E

23°40' N

23°30' N

2600000 m

Y

420000 mX

68°40' E 68°50' E 69°00' E

24°00' N

SPHEROID - WGS 84

N

NE

SE

NW

SW

S

EW

ZONE - 42

420000 mX 420000 mX 420000 mX 420000 mX

2600000 m

Y2600000 m

Y

FIG. 2.2. KORI CREEK NETWORK SYSTEM

2625000 m

Y

458000 mX 459500 mX

2626500 m

Y

PROPOSED JETTY

1

0

0

0

2

8

1

5R

o

c

k

B

u

n

d

6

5

3

4

1

5

T

o

t

a

l

A

p

p

r

o

a

c

h

4

9

8

A

p

p

r

o

a

c

h

t

r

e

s

t

le

68°35' E

23

°4

5' N

68°36' E

23

°4

4' N

68°37' E

461000 mX 462500 mX

2623500 m

Y

FIG. 2.3. LAYOUT OF PROPOSED BERTHING JETTY, APPROACH TRESTLE AND ROCK BUND

N

NE

SE

NW

SW

S

EW

ZONE - 42

SPHEROID - WGS 84

K

O

R

I

C

R

E

E

K

B A

+7.0m (ROCK BUND TOP CD)

250

-1.00m (SEA BED

LEVEL CD)

-2.00m (CD INCLUDING

ROCK PENETRATION)

2000

±0.00m CD TOE TOP

1

1.5

PRIMARY ARMOUR (4.0 T TO 5.0 T)

SECONDARY ARMOUR (300kg TO 700kg)

CORE (1kg TO 100kg)

1000

1

4

0

0

1

0

0

0

DSS/FFS

PIPELINE

13000

Pipe conv. crs

7500 27502750

17000

FIG. 2.4. CROSS SECTION OF PROPOSED ROCK BUND

3

1

7

1

4

0

9

1

3

1

8

1

8

2

2

1

8

1

6

1

3

0

9

0

5

0

5

0

1

0

6

1

1

1

4

1

7

2

2

1

7

1

4

1

1

0

6

0

1

0

8

0

4

4

0

7

0

8

0

2

0

8

1

2

1

5

1

8

2

1

1

6

1

3

0

9

0

5

0

0

6

1

9

3

6

1

2

0

3

0

0

6

1

1

4

1

9

2

3

2

0

8

0

6

0

3

0

1

1

3

3

4

3

3

4

4

3

1

1

5

0

9

0

7

0

5

0

9

1

9

2

6

0

7

0

7

2

9

2

4

0

1

1

7

0

3

0

2

1

0

5

0

1

1

2

3

2

9

6

1

3

5

1

4

0

4

0

2

7

5

7

2

8

8

7

8

5

2

7

1

3

1

1

3

4

8

9

1

9

6

10

3

9

3

8

9

8

9

8

7

6

8

3

9

2

4

0

5

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

7

0

1

1

0

1

3

1

1

1

1

2

1

3

1

3

1

2

0

8

1

5

1

5

1

4

1

4

0

8

3

8

0

3

1

5

1

2

1

5

1

6

1

6

1

7

1

5

0

5

2

5

5

9

9

9

2

10

8

10

7

10

9

11

6

11

4

11

10

9

9

7

9

2

6

7

2

6

0

5

1

6

1

8

1

8

1

7

1

6

1

6

2

1

1

1

0

5

2

9

1

7

1

8

1

9

1

9

1

9

1

6

0

1

1

1

9

2

2

2

2

1

9

0

5

2

7

2

1

1

2

2

2

1

2

1

2

2

1

9

1

2

5

9

1

8

1

8

1

9

2

2

2

1

9

1

4

2

2

0

5

0

1

1

7

1

8

1

9

1

9

1

8

1

6

1

5

1

3

6

4

2

2

1

1

1

5

1

8

1

9

1

9

1

8

1

4

1

6

0

3

0

1

1

7

1

8

1

9

1

7

1

6

0

8

2

1

6

2

5

2

1

1

1

2

1

6

1

8

1

9

1

7

1

5

1

8

1

1

1

0

5

1

4

1

7

1

8

1

7

1

4

0

2

3

2

5

6

7

3

8

9

9

8

10

1

10

10

2

12

1

11

6

9

5

6

5

5

2

4

3

4

6

4

4

2

4

2

4

9

6

4

9

10

8

9

1

8

4

9

5

8

9

6

8

5

1

1

1

1

2

1

6

1

8

1

7

1

6

0

3

1

9

1

4

1

3

1

6

0

1

1

5

1

7

1

7

1

5

0

2

1

3

1

7

1

6

1

4

0

3

0

8

1

4

1

2

1

3

1

1

1

1

1

4

1

7

1

4

0

1

6

3

8

7

4

6

4

7

7

7

8

9

9

9

2

7

8

7

1

9

6

10

1

8

6

7

9

8

6

7

4

5

9

6

6

4

9

4

1

2

2

1

1

1

4

1

4

0

6

2

3

5

4

6

5

8

6

6

7

8

8

8

9

2

8

6

9

10

5

4

7

6

9

4

7

5

7

7

3

5

1

3

1

4

0

1

2

5

3

8

5

2

5

8

6

6

7

4

8

8

7

2

8

5

9

3

8

7

6

9

8

8

10

6

9

1

6

9

5

9

4

4

9

8

3

10

1

9

3

8

8

8

3

10

2

8

8

7

6

5

8

4

2

1

6

7

7

9

1

10

11

4

11

6

11

8

10

7

8

6

6

2

5

4

4

4

7

4

6

3

8

4

5

5

4

9

4

5

5

1

6

3

9

2

11

2

12

5

10

2

8

2

6

9

8

9

7

7

7

7

10

7

11

6

10

9

11

4

9

1

8

6

4

6

2

7

8

3

8

7

9

3

11

8

10

8

9

9

11

8

8

6

8

8

5

6

6

6

9

7

11

2

10

5

11

1

10

5

9

3

8

8

8

4

8

8

9

5

10

2

12

11

9

9

6

7

5

5

4

9

1

5

4

8

5

3

6

8

8

10

1

11

2

10

6

9

1

7

8

7

9

8

5

6

7

10

1

10

11

5

10

7

11

1

9

3

6

7

5

2

4

6

4

9

5

9

8

11

1

10

1

8

3

6

8

5

5

3

8

3

5

2

3

0

1

6

1

1

1

2

2

4

3

8

4

2

5

1

7

2

7

5

8

2

9

7

10

1

7

3

5

9

6

3

3

4

4

1

2

9

1

6

0

9

0

1

0

9

0

0

1

0

3

1

1

8

3

7

3

7

6

1

8

2

8

9

6

3

3

9

5

1

3

2

1

5

3

4

2

1

1

1

0

1

0

2

0

8

0

8

2

1

4

1

4

4

2

5

4

3

4

5

4

2

5

4

3

1

5

3

4

5

3

1

1

0

5

0

1

0

4

0

6

0

3

1

2

1

2

2

5

3

8

4

4

5

2

4

1

9

4

4

4

2

3

1

6

1

4

0

4

0

5

0

4

1

7

1

7

3

2

5

1

3

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

8

2625000 m

Y

458000 mX 459500 mX

2626500 m

Y

P

R

O

P

O

S

E

D

J

E

T

T

Y

68°35' E

23

°4

5' N

68°36' E

23

°4

4' N

68°37' E

461000 mX 462500 mX

2623500 m

Y

FIG. 2.5. LOCATION MAP OF PROPOSED DESALINATION PLANT, INTAKE AND OUTFALL

N

NE

SE

NW

SW

S

EW

ZONE - 42

SPHEROID - WGS 84

K

O

R

I

C

R

E

E

K

PROPOSED SITE AREA

FOR DESALINATION PLANT

X : 457164.28 m Y : 2626025.47 m

OUTFALL LOCATION

EASTING (mX)NORTHING (mY)

X : 457956.67 m Y : 2626781.62 m

INTAKE LOCATION

EASTING (mX)NORTHING (mY)

B

U

N

D

W

I

T

H

P

I

P

E

C

U

L

V

E

R

T

7

CD

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5

-6

-7

-8

-9

-10

-11

SE

AB

ED

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 18000

INTAKE WELL

FIG. 2.6. LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF INTAKE SCHEME

TOWARDS KORI CREEK

IN

TA

KE

P

IP

EL

IN

E

-12

FROM JETTY MID

JETTY TOP LEVEL - (+) 7 m CD

7

JETTY TOP LEVEL - (+) 7 m CD

CD

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5

-6

-7

-8

-9

-10

-11

SE

AB

ED

20040060080010001200140016001800 0

D

E

T

A

I

L

S

F

I

G

.

2

.

8

MULTIPORT DIFFUSERS

Ports, 250 MM OD X 3 Nos

FIG. 2.7. LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF OUTFALL SCHEME

TOWARDS OPEN SEA

OU

TF

ALL P

IP

ELIN

E

-12

OUTFALL PIPELINE 620 MM OD

FROM JETTY MID

FIG. 2.8. PLAN VIEW OF OUTFALL DIFFUSER PORTS

A

A

PLAN



OUTFALL PIPE 620 MM OD

SECTION AA

ANCHOR BLOCKS

Diffuser Ports,

250 MM OD

ACL INDOMER




3. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

Finding an ideal location for proposed facilities like Cement plant, Mining unit, Thermal power

plant and associated aids like berthing Jetty, navigational channel, desalination plant is a

challenging task. As this could require environmentally friendly site with mining capabilities,

adequate connectivity for import and export of materials and minimum distance between

proposed units etc.

ACL has been exploring different site which is having Mining potential with seawater front having

capability for export/coastal shipping of its products to Indian markets with minimum impact on

the environment. ACL has studied the project region in detail with respect to location of mines,

cement plant and position of captive jetty. Initially, ACL has acquired limestone mine block C in

Mudhvay village from Government of Gujarat. In order to serve optimum logistics between mines

and grinding unit, cement plant is proposed close to the mining unit. Proposed location of

berthing jetty is optimized based on bathymetry, water availability, distance from cement plant,

cost of execution etc. Navigation Channel is finalized based on the existing vessel traffic in Kori

creek, dredging requirement etc. Desalination plant intake and outfall location is fixed based on

bathymetry and mathematical dispersion modelling. Details on site selection for berthing jetty,

navigational channel, anchorage point and desalination plant intake and outfall location is

explained below.

3.1. Berthing Jetty

Berthing jetty is one of the vital parts of this Integrated project, since import and export of

commodities will take place through jetty. There is no railway and seaway connection in the

vicinity of the project location. Looking at the non-availability of any bulk transportation means

in the vicinity, it is proposed to develop captive jetty in the Kori Creek.

Ever since the proposal various location has been analysed with regard to environmental aspects

and proximity of jetty location to cement plant. Initial analysis of bathymetry admits that

operation of barges is possible as water depth available close to cement plant and mining unit is

about 4 to 6 m CD. Keeping this aspect, ACL has finalized the option of barge handling facilities

for ~ 12,500 DWT self-propelled barges. The main export/coastal going vessels (40,000 DWT to

60,000 DWT) will be handled in the deep sea at anchorage point. Three options were analysed

to arrive at final design and location of berthing jetty. Following factors were considered for

selection of berthing jetty location.

Attributes Factors considered

Environmental

Aspects

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA)

Coastal Regulation Zone

Shoreline change

Baseline Status

Captive port

development

Draft availability and water front area

Dredging requirement

Navigational Channel

Proximity to cement plant and mining unit

Adequate back-up space behind the berths

ACL INDOMER




Attributes Factors considered

for cargo handling and storage

Suitability for future development

Other aspects

Connectivity

Impact on fishing

Impact on Tourism

Alternative site locations chosen for berthing jetty (J1, J2 and J3) is given below.

Alternative berthing locations considered (J1, J2 and J3)

ACL has appointed M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited as a technical

consultant to carry out mathematical modelling for the selection of location for captive jetty,

optimization of rock bund, navigational route and offshore anchorage point. Report on "Kori

Creek Cement Jetty and offshore anchorage DPR studies (Numerical Modeling Studies)" is

submitted separately. Extract of modelling study is given below.

Hydrodynamic Modelling: Based on the Hydrodynamics of various location identified for captive

jetty, location J2 is selected. Findings of modelling study is given below.

Since the proposed area comes under tide dominant Kori creek, hydrodynamics of the area

plays a significant role. Modelled current velocity exceeds 2 m/s. Initially three probable

locations were identified based on the various favoring factors. Based on flow conditions,

available natural depth, favourable approach bund construction options and availability of land,

location J2 is selected for setting up the captive jetty.

ACL INDOMER




Wave disturbance modelling: Wave disturbance study has been carried out to estimate the

operational and design conditions at the captive jetty. Model SWAN was used for the study.

Finding of modelling study is given below.

The inshore wave period varies from 2.5 s to 4 s indicating all waves reaching the berthing

pocket are wind waves or swell component is negligible.

Based on different attributes, comprehensive analysis and mathematical modelling study final

location is selected. Environmental factors and other aspects of the three locations found almost

the same for three locations considered. Major criteria which lead to final selection of the jetty

location is draft availability, hydrodynamic modelling study, dredging requirement and proximity

to cement plant. Table showing the summary of various attributes considered is given below.

ACL INDOMER




Comparative assessment of alternative jetty location

Attributes Alternative I (J1) Alternative I (J2) Alternative I (J2)

Environmental Aspects

Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESA) Environmental aspects of the three location in general remains the same. Only environment sensitive

factor in the proposed site area is presence of wide tidal flats. Three of the locations under

consideration was free from influence of marine national park, wild life sanctuary, mangroves etc.

*Shoreline Low Accretion Low Erosion Stable coast

Baseline Status Within regulatory limits

Coastal Regulation Zone Three of the locations considered attracts CRZ I, CRZ IV A and CRZ III

Captive port development

Draft availability 4 m 6 m 4.5 m

Dredging Requirement High Low Low

Distance of Jetty to plant site ～5 km ～ 8 km ～ 14 km

Adequate back-up space behind the

berths for cargo handling and storage Yes Yes Yes

Scope of future developments Yes Yes Yes

Other aspects

Connectivity No railway and seaway connection in the vicinity of the considered locations.

Impact on Fishing No No No

Impact on Tourism No No No *shoreline status (source): Ministry of Environment and Forest (http://www.gczma.org)

ACL INDOMER




3.2. Rock Bund

Option of Rock bund is proposed to connect the approach trestle at selected berthing jetty

location J2. Selected location J2 is connected to main land with a sand bar that get exposed

during low tide. Since the project site is offered with continuous flow of seawater through small

creeks available at project site, optimization of rock bund design has been carried out using

mathematical modelling study. Accordingly, Hydrodynamic modelling study for two options (i)

long bund connecting berthing jetty (ii) Detached bund connecting berthing jetty has been

conducted. Findings of modelling study is given below.

Option 1 - Long bund: Since option 1 closes the channel and high velocity (more 2m/s) may

occur at the northern side of the channel during flood. Increased velocity exists during ebb as

well. This may cause modified sedimentation pattern (erosion or deposition) and there are high

chances of scouring at north and deposition at the south side of channel.

Option 2 - Detached bund: Since the option 1 of keeping long bund approach not viable, option

2 with detached bund to ensure the free flow during flood and ebb conditions is considered.

High velocity regime exists. However, it is recommended to have detached rock bund.

Keeping the recommendations of mathematical modelling study, it is decided to provide

single/multilayer Hume pipes of sufficient quantity and size in rock bund to ensure free flow

water. It is planned to provide 2 m diameter culvert for every 20 m of approach bund. Rock

bund of length 2815 m is proposed from land side of facilities till approach trestle. Rock bund is

proposed till (–) 2 m contour with Rock bund will have two basic components, core portion of

lighter rocks/local available material followed by heavier armour rock layers.

Planning of marine facilities

The cargo complexion under dry bulk includes Clinker, Cement, Limestone coal and Pet coke for

the captive terminal. As the transfer of dry bulk between berths and stockyard is through

conveyors and dumpers, these berths do not require contiguity with land. The access to the

shore for operations and maintenance is provided through an approach bund/ trestle

connecting the berths to the onshore area.

The minimum width of the berth, keeping in view the rail span of the ship loaders, service ducts,

dumper movements and the end clearances should be about 28 m. The total length of dry bulk

berths is taken as ~820 m. In view of the above arrangement of berth and its location, piled

foundation is assumed as best option for the structural system. More details on proposed

marine facilities is given Chapter 2.

3.3. Navigational Channel and Anchorage Point

Navigational Channel

The Kori creek branches into two at about 30 km from the mouth where a mud flat is present in

the middle. The both banks of the creek channel have vast intertidal areas. Depth at the mouth

ACL INDOMER




of Koteshwar channel is around 6 m below CD and it has shoals on either side. The depth

gradually decreases towards the upstream.

Features of Kori creek are dynamic, indicating that a dredged channel can be expected to have

siltation and thus maintenance dredging will be required. At the entrance to the Kori creek the

phenomenon of bar formation exists and that the bathymetry at the entrance is complex due to

the small channels of different length. Due to complex nature currently, the ships use the tidal

window for navigation. At present handy-max vessels are using Kori creek channel. Detailed

bathy study from proposed jetty location to offshore anchorage has been carried out to select

the navigational channel. Initially three channels C1, C2 and C3 were considered to select the

final route. Alternative locations considered is given below.

Alternative channel alignments and anchorage points considered

Findings

• Channel C1 is too far from the coast and may pose restrictions from Border Security

Force.

• Channel C3 is very close to coast and have higher traffic of fisherman.

Anchorage Point 1

Anchorage Point 2

Channel C1

Channel C2

Channel C3

ACL INDOMER




• Channel C2 is with less length and at an intermediate location to avoid fishermen traffic

and Border Security Force restriction.

Approximate dredging quantity has been calculated based on the available survey data for

different channels are tabulated in Table given below. Max vessel size for (-) 13.5 m CD will be

40,000 DWT and for 8,000 DWT for (-) 6.0 m CD. The anchorage point is in the Arabian Sea, about

60 km away from the proposed jetty location. The anchorage distance can be shortened up to

some extent by shifting of anchorage point towards creek entry.

Ch

an

nel

For (-) 6 m CD For (-) 9 m CD For (-) 13.5 m CD

Length

(Km)

Width

(m)

Dredging

Volume

(Mm3)

Length

(Km)

Width

(m)

Dredging

Volume

(Mm3)

Length

(Km)

Width

(m)

Dredging

Volume

(Mm3)

C1 56 120 1.0 63.0 120 12.60 67 150 23.80

C2 55 120 0.0 60.0 120 11.09 65 150 22.52

C3 63 120 0.6 64.5 120 11.92 68 150 23.56 *Dredging quantity and length of the channel shown in the table is cumulative.

The channel C2 has shorter distance and has less dredging requirement compared to other

channels. Hence Channel C2 is selected and fixed.

Anchorage Point

Anchorage point is planned about 60 km from the proposed berthing jetty. Since the location will

be subjected to wave dynamics, it is important to study wave dynamics at proposed location to

ensure possibility of mother vessel – barge operation and to calculate downtime. Modelling

study has been carried out by M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited to cover

estimation of offshore wind and wave extremes for two of the offshore locations identified, to

establish offshore extremes to the propagation model, wave propagation modelling, tranquility

analysis and extreme wave climate analysis and inshore wave climate analysis and estimation of

downtime. Findings of modelling study is presented below.

The wave study comprised of wave conditions at the offshore anchorage and the wave climate at the berthing jetty through the channel. Results show that the offshore anchorage location may experience seasonal difficulties in operation for limited days while the jetty is completely tranquil throughout the year except during cyclone events. Wave heights for return periods 1 year to 100 year varies from 0.76 to 0.97 m in presence of wind speed of respective return periods in the direction of waves. Accordingly, anchorage point 1 is

selected.

3.4. Desalination Plant with Intake and Outfall

Desalination plant will be provided to cater the needs of cement plant, mining unit, berthing jetty

and thermal power plant. Desalination plant is planned within the proposed backup area close to

shore. Following criteria has kept under consideration for selection of intake and outfall.

ACL INDOMER




Parameter Remarks

Low-Impact intake technologies Intake well is considered. This will reduce impingement

and entrainment compared to open seawater intake.

Pipeline type/route Pipeline will be taken over proposed trestle for berthing

jetty. This will reduce the impact on seabed significantly

compared to submerged pipeline.

Installation of intake and outfall

outside LTL Yes

Coastal Regulation Zone Permissible activity

Minimum intake velocity Considered

Rather than going for separate intake and outfall submarine pipeline, it is planned to take the

pipeline through proposed trestle. Intake (upstream) and outfall (downstream) are planned east

and west of the proposed jetty separated by distance of about 1 km. Adequate depth is available

at proposed intake and outfall location. Indomer has carried out Advection – Dispersion study to

ensure dispersion pattern of brine reject and the details are presented Chapter 8. It is anticipated

that proposed plan will reduce additional impact on the environment which can be caused due to

laying of intake and outfall pipeline. More details on desalination plant is given in Chapter 2.

ACL INDOMER




4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

This chapter covers the details of marine baseline study carried out during Post Monsoon

(September - October 2018) with respect to seawater quality, seabed sediment quality and

marine ecosystem.

The water samples were collected from 10 locations at three water depths across the vertical i.e.,

surface, mid depth and bottom covering upstream and downstream of Kori creek. Samples were

also collected from Arabian sea to make comparison between physico-chemical and biotic

components of open sea water and creek water.

The water quality parameters were analyzed by Indomer inhouse laboratory, Chennai which is

accredited by National Accreditation Board for Laboratory (NABL). The methods of collection and

analysis protocols are given in Annexure II.

Physical parameters: Temperature, Humidity, Rainfall, Wind, Waves, Tides, Currents, Bathymetry,

Seabed characteristics, Shoreline, Cyclones and Depressions and Seismicity.

Water quality parameters: Temperature, pH, Conductivity, Salinity, Total Dissolved Solids, Total

Suspended Solids, Turbidity, Dissolved Oxygen, Bio-Chemical Oxygen Demand, Chemical Oxygen

Demand, Total residual chorine, Ammonia-N, Nitrite-N, Nitrate-N, Phosphate, Total Phosphorous,

Total Nitrogen, Cadmium, Chromium, Mercury, Phenolic Compounds, Petroleum Hydrocarbons

and Oil and grease.

Sediment quality parameters: Sediment structure, Total Nitrogen, Total Phosphorous, Total

organic carbon, Calcium carbonate, Cadmium, Chromium, Lead, Mercury and Total Petroleum

Hydrocarbon.

Marine Ecology and Biodiversity: Planktons, Benthos/Molluscs, Microbial population, Coastal

vegetation, Seaweeds and Sea grasses, Mangroves, Coral reefs, Marine protected area, Marine

National Parks and Sanctuary, Marine mammals, Turtles, Endangered species and Fisheries.

4.1. Physical Parameters

Temperature: The monthly mean air temperature is above 30°C from March to November with

April and May being the hottest months. The maximum temperature reaches up to 39 °C during

these months. Temperature remains below 30°C from December to February. The monthly

variations of minimum, maximum and average temperature for the year 2017 is shown below.

ACL INDOMER




Maximum, Minimum and Average air Temperature (2017) - Lakhpat

Month Min Temp

(⁰C)

Avg Temp

(⁰C)

Max Temp

(⁰C)

Jan 18 25 29

Feb 21 29 33

Mar 26 34 38

Apr 30 38 42

May 32 39 43

June 33 37 40

July 31 34 36

Aug 30 34 36

Sept 28 33 37

Oct 29 36 39

Nov 25 31 34

Dec 19 25 29 Source: www.worldweatheronline.com

Humidity: High humidity is observed during the months of June, July and August in the range of

57 to 66%. During post monsoon and winter season Lakhpat is experiencing moderate to low

humidity. The monthly average humidity variation for the year 2017 is shown in below.

ACL INDOMER




Variation of average humidity (2017) - Lakhpat

Month Humidity (%)

Jan 0

Feb 19

Mar 30

Apr 35

May 44

June 57

July 66

Aug 62

Sept 57

Oct 37

Nov 25

Dec 20 Source: www.worldweatheronline.com

Rainfall: The entire district has irregular and erratic rainfall. The district get rain from southwest

monsoon during June to September. Total annual rainfall of Kutch district has decreased over the

years. Annual rainfall received during the last year was 493.3 mm, out of which monsoon (June -

September) contributed 493.1 mm. Post monsoon, Winter and Summer rains are negligible in

Kutch. High annual rainfall for the past years (652.1 mm) had occurred in 2013. The variation of

rainfall for Kutch district from 2013 to 2017 is shown below.

Monthly rainfall in mm (2013 to 2017) - Kutch District

Month Year

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

Jan 4.1 0 0.8 0 0.1

Feb 0.3 0 0 0 0.1

Mar 0.2 0 2.1 0.5 0

Apr 4.1 0 2.2 0 0

May 0 2.1 1.2 1.7 0

June 69.8 2.7 37.2 12 58.9

July 147.2 101.5 377.5 45.5 295.4

Aug 86.6 100.5 7 188 104.3

Sept 326.9 81.2 52 8.6 34.5

Oct 12.9 2.2 3.9 37.9 0

Nov 0 0.6 0 0 0

Dec 0 0 0 0 0

Annual

Rainfall

652.1 290.8 483.9 294.2 493.3

Source: www.ind.gov.in

ACL INDOMER




Wind: The monthly average wind speed during year 2017 for Lakhpat show that the wind speed

is maximum between May and August. Lowest average wind speed is recorded during November

to February. The average gust, maximum and average monthly wind speed for Lakhpat is given

below.

Average gust, Maximum and Average monthly wind speed - Lakhpat

Month Avg Wind

(km/h)

Avg Gust

(km/h)

Max Wind

(km/h)

Jan 14.4 22.7 19.4

Feb 14 22.3 19.1

Mar 17.3 24.5 25.9

Apr 24.5 33.5 32.8

May 29.2 37.8 36.4

June 27.7 34.9 32.8

July 29.2 37.4 33.8

Aug 26.6 33.1 31.3

Sept 21.2 28.1 26.3

Oct 16.2 23.4 21.6

Nov 11.5 18 16.2

Dec 14.8 24.8 19.4 Source: www.worldweatheronline.com

ACL INDOMER




Source: www.worldweatheronline.com

Waves: A modelling study on waves carried out by M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private

Limited indicates that the berthing jetty location is completely tranquil throughout the year from

waves of Arabian Sea. The inshore wave period varies from 2.5 s to 4 s indicating all waves

reaching the berthing pocket are wind waves . Wave heights for return periods 1 year to 100 year

varies from 0.76 to 0.97 m in presence of wind speed of respective return periods in the direction

of waves.

In the offshore area, predominant wave direction is between South and West. Sixty-Nine

percentage (69%) of the waves are centred at SW direction. Maximum observed offshore

significant wave height is 4.5 m. Mean Wave period (Tm) varies from 3 to 14 seconds with a high

density at 9 seconds. Swell waves are also in the direction of SW with a maximum Swell Hs of 3.5

m from SW. Maximum Significant wave height (HS) estimated for 1 year return period is 2.47 m.

Tides: The tides in this region is mixed semi-diurnal. The various design tide levels with respect

to chart datum for Kori creek region as presented in Navel Hydrographic Chart 201 is given

below:

Mean High Water Spring +3.0 m

Mean High Water Neap +2.8 m

Mean Sea Level +1.9 m

Mean Low Water Neap +1.3 m

Mean Low Water Spring +0.5 m

Currents: Continuous measurements on currents were carried out using Aanderaa RCM9 self-

recording current meters at Stn. C1 close to the proposed jetty head at about 4.5 km offshore.

The current speed and direction were recorded continuously at 15 minutes interval for a period

of 15 days. The measurements were made at 2 m below surface. The locations of current

measurement is shown in Fig. 4.1 and the details are given below.

http://www.worldweatheronline.com/

ACL INDOMER




Current measurement location

Stn.

UTM Coordinates

(WGS 84-Zone 42)

Period of

measurements Measurement

depth X (m) Y (m) From To

C1 457105 2626297 18.09.18 04.10.18 2 m below

sea surface

The variation of current speed and direction measured at stn. C1 for the post monsoon period

from period 18.09.18 to 04.10.18 is shown in Fig. 4.2. During the measurement period, the

current speed reaches a maximum of upto 1.2 m/s. The predominant current direction remained

mostly towards the sector between 30° and 90° during the flood tidal phase and between 210°

and 270° during the ebb tidal phase. However, scattered movement of current direction was also

observed due to the influence of local wind effect. The magnitude of currents increases from the

mouth of Kori creek to its interior regions.

Bathymetry: In order to understand the water depth available at proposed jetty and to select

navigational channel, bathymetry study has been conducted by ACL through Ocean Science and

Surveying Pvt. Ltd. Extract of findings are given below. The extract of the bathymetry chart of

berthing jetty area provided by ACL is given in Fig. 4.3.

Berthing jetty area: The bathymetry shows a gently sloping seabed towards the northwest, with

an average gradient of 1 in 36, exhibiting undulations adjacent to the channel area. The

maximum depth of 12.5 m below CD is obtained near the northwestern boundary.

Navigational Channel: Highly undulated seabed shows a general slope towards the central part of

the navigation channel area near KP 22.5 from both northeastern and southwestern parts of the

survey area, where it achieves a maximum depth of 26.3 m. The minimum depth of 5.9 m below

CD is obtained near KP 3.5 as well as KP 10.5.

Seabed Characteristics: In order to identify the seabed characteristics both side scan sonar and

sub bottom profile survey has been carried out by ACL through Ocean Science and Surveying Pvt.

Ltd., Extracts of survey findings is explained below.

Seabed Features: Outcropping rocks are predominant in the northwestern part of the berthing

jetty area with a few patches of very coarse sediments. The remainder of the area comprises

predominantly coarse sediments with a few areas of mega ripples. Fine sediments found to be

absent. Further survey illustrate that the navigational channel predominantly composed of coarse

sediments. Figure showing the extract of seabed are given below.

ACL INDOMER




Extract of side scan data showing exposed rock outcrop and coarse sediments in northwestern

part of the proposed jetty area

Sub seabed Features: Within the jetty area, the reflector appears to be dipping southeastwards

from outcrops on the seabed in the northern part. The interpreted top of rock, below the seabed

exhibits undulations throughout the area, dipping towards the northwestern boundary as well as

southwestwards along the channel, with successive rises resulting in rock outcrops on the

seabed. Figure showing the extract of sub seabed features is given below.

ACL INDOMER




Extract of sub-bottom profiler data showing prominent reflector, rock outcrop in northwestern

part of the proposed jetty area.

Shoreline: Shoreline gets altered due to various coastal processes such as wave characteristics,

near shore circulation, sediment characteristics, beach formation etc. The shoreline has a

tendency to change its configuration in an attempt to reach state of equilibrium in accordance

with the coastal processes.

Status of shoreline due to erosion/accretion has been evaluated using IOM, Anna University –

MoEFCC prepared shoreline map for Gujarat. The study shows that the eastern stretch of Kori

creek shoreline is divided with low accretion, medium erosion, low erosion, stable and high

erosion. Proposed Jetty area is classified under low erosion zone followed by stable coast in the

south and low accretion zone in the north. Medium to high erosion is seen at coast close to

Lakhpat. Western side of Kori creek is characterized with medium to high eroding stretch. Status

of shoreline due erosion/accretion in Kori creek is given below.

ACL INDOMER




Status of shoreline due to erosion/accretion - Kori creek

Cyclones and Depressions: Coastal areas of District like Bhachau, Gandhidham, Anjar, Mundra,

Mandvi and Lakhpat are particularly prone to cyclones. Cyclones originate out at sea and become

hazardous when they come ashore. They also drive the sea level up to cause coastal flooding.

Based on Tracks of Cyclones and Depression over North Indian Ocean, cyclones and depressions

which have crossed the coast of project region from 1918 to 2017 (within 150 km radius and 50

km radius) is shown below. Tracks show that totally 18 storms had passed within 150 km radius

of the project region where as only 4 cyclones had crossed within 50 km project radius. The

occurrence of storms is more frequent in June (3), July (3), September (3) and November (3).

Location of

Berthing Jetty

ACL INDOMER




Tracks of Cyclones and Depressions, 1918 - 2017 (150 km project radius)

Tracks of Cyclones and Depressions, 1918 - 2017 (50 km project radius)

ACL INDOMER




1935 January Cyclone Track 1959 July Cyclone Track

1961 June Cyclone Track 1964 June Cyclone Track

Table showing monthly frequency of cyclone occurrence is given below.

Number of cyclones crossed within 150 km project radius

Month Cyclones crossed within 150

km project radius

January 1

February -

March -

April -

May 2

June 3

July 3

August 1

September 3

October 2

November 3

December -

Total 18

ACL INDOMER




Seismicity: The project area falls in most active seismic zone (Zone V) as per IS 1893. Earthquake

zonation map is given below. The 2001 Gujarat Earthquake (moment magnitude 7.9) occurred

near Bhuj was the terrible human tragedy occurred near the project region. Over 13000 people

killed, a total of about 1.3 million houses, lifeline infrastructures were damaged to variable extent.

Source: Kutch District Disaster Management Plan

Impact zone of Bhuj Earthquake

ACL INDOMER




According to Institute of Seismological Research, Annual report 2017-18, 5 shocks of magnitude

4.0 - 4.2 has been recorded in Gulf of Kachchh. Also, a shock of magnitude 4.7 occurred on 9th

January 2017, 49 km ENE from Lakhpat.

Earthquakes (M≥4.0) that occurred in 2017 recorded by ISR SMA network

4.2. Seawater Quality

Details of sampling locations are given in Table 4.1 and shown in Fig. 4.4. and seawater quality

results are presented in Table 4.2. Results of each parameter is explained below.

Temperature: Steep gradients of sea water temperature across the depths bear direct impact on

the productivity and animal colony of the region. The temperature varied from 26°C to 28°C at

SS1 to SS10. There was no significant variation in temperature compared to proposed location

and further towards Arabian sea. The variation of temperature across the water column was

insignificant and followed normal pattern indicating the absence of significant stratification.

pH: Variations in pH due to chemical and other industrial discharges render a water column

unsuitable for the normal wellbeing of the aquatic life. pH is a very sensitive and most important

parameter in an environmental study. Primary production, respiration and mineralization are able

to alter the redox and pH of aqueous system due to changes in oxygen and carbonate

concentration. Identifying pH for acidic or alkaline disturbances enables one to locate zones of

pollution and other quality conditions for the use of seawater.

During the present study, pH did not show much variation and varied from 8.27 to 8.50. The

results show that the pH values lie within the range of normal seawater.

ACL INDOMER




Conductivity: The specific conductance (conductivity) was measured, using an appropriate

instrument of the electrical conductivity (IS 3025: Part 14). Conductivity is the capacity of water

to carry an electrical current and varies both with number and types of ions in the solutions,

which in turn is related to the concentration of ionized substances in the water. Most dissolved

inorganic substances in water are in the ionized form and hence contribute to conductance.

Conductivity did not show much variation and it ranged from 61687 to 63806 µs/m. The results

show that the conductivity values lie within the range of normal seawater.

Turbidity: Turbidity is another measure to understand the suspended particulate matter which

controls the transparency and photosynthesis in the water column. The turbidity varied between

3.2 and 15.2 NTU in the study area.

Total Suspended Solids (TSS): TSS in seawater originate either from autochthonous (biological

life) or allochthonous (derived from terrestrial matter) sources. TSS varied in a range of 35 to 135

mg/l in the study area. The minimum was observed at station SS10 surface sample, while the

maximum was recorded in station SS1 bottom sample.

Total dissolved solids: The TDS concentration varied from 41330 mg/l to 42750 mg/l at all

stations.

Salinity: The variation in salinity occurs because of differences in precipitation, freezing,

evaporation and freshwater runoff at nearshore, and due to upwelling/sinking in deeper water.

Seawater salinity also varies with water depth because of density and pressure variation. The

measured salinity of the collected water samples ranged between 38.6 to 40.1 ppt from all the

sampling stations.

Dissolved Oxygen: This is an important parameter for the survival of aquatic biota. The amount

of oxygen dissolved in the water column at a given time is the balance between replenishment

and consumption. In an ideal ecosystem, these two processes should be at equilibrium to keep

the water column saturated with DO. Generally, the coastal waters are always found to be

saturated and this is so in the present study area also.

Dissolved oxygen content varied from 5.0 to 5.6 mg/l. Review of literature indicates that the

levels below 2 mg/l only are known to cause respiratory impacts on marine fauna.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): Rate of aerobic utilization of oxygen is a useful tool to

evaluate the intensity of deterioration in an aquatic medium. The oxygen taken up for the

breakup of organic matter leads to a reducing environment or in the event of release of excess

nutrients, it may cause eutrophication. In the present study, the BOD values varied in a low range

of 1.1 to 2.1 mg/l in the study area.

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD): COD determines the oxygen required for chemical oxidation

of some inorganic and organic matter present in the water. During the present study, the COD

values varied from 18.8 to 28.6 mg/l in the study area.

Nutrients: Nutrients determine the potential fertility of an ecosystem and hence it is important

to know their distribution and behaviour in different geographical stations and seasons. The

ACL INDOMER




fishery potential of an area is in turn, dependent on the availability of primary nutrients like

nitrogen and phosphorus. Enrichment of these nutrients by anthropogenic inputs in the coastal

waters, having limited aeration, may result in water becoming eutrophicated.

The major inorganic species of nitrogen in water are ammonia, nitrite and nitrate of which nitrite

is very unstable and ammonia is bio-chemically oxidized to nitrate. Hence, the concentrations of

nitrite and ammonia are often very low in natural waters. The utilization of nutrients such as

nitrates and phosphates can be taken as a measure of the productivity of the area.

Inorganic phosphate and nitrogen compounds in the sea play a decisive role in the biological

production. Normally they occur in low concentrations. Their distribution in the coastal waters is

mostly influenced by land run off. Since nutrients form an important index to the primary

productivity of an ecosystem, the study of its distribution is important from the point of view of

its role in the biological productivity and also as an indicator of pollutant.

Ammonia-Nitrogen (NH3-N): Unpolluted waters are generally devoid of ammonia and nitrite.

However, coastal input by sewage and other nitrogenous organic matter and fertilizers can

increase these nutrients to higher levels. In addition, ammonia in seawater can also come from

various organisms as an excretory product due to the metabolic activity and the decomposition

of organic matter by micro-organisms. The concentration of Ammonia varied from 2.9 to 8.4

µmol/l at SS1 to SS10. The water quality parameters observed at the sampling region do not

show much variation. The lowest value was recorded at station SS2 in the surface, while the

highest was observed at station SS4 in the bottom.

Nitrite-Nitrogen (NO2-N): Nitrite is an essential element, which occurs in seawater as an

intermediate compound in the microbial reduction of nitrate or in the oxidation of ammonia. In

addition, nitrite is excreted by phytoplankton especially, during plankton bloom. In the present

study, Nitrite concentration ranged from 1.7 to 2.7 µmol/l at SS1 to SS10.

Nitrate-Nitrogen (NO3-N): Nitrate values are in general higher as compared to nitrite values.

Nitrate is the final oxidation product of nitrogen compounds in seawater and is considered to be

the only thermodynamically stable oxidation level of nitrogen in seawater. Nitrate is considered

to be the micronutrient, which controls primary production in the euphotic surface layer. The

concentration of nitrate is governed by several factors of which microbial oxidation of NH3 and

uptake by primary producers may be important. In the present study area, Nitrate concentration

varied from 3.9 to 10.3 µmol/l at SS1 to SS10.

Total Nitrogen: The total nitrogen concentration varied from 31.1 to 47.3 µmol/l at SS1 to SS10.

Total Phosphorus: Total phosphorous concentration varied from 0.9 to 8.5 µmol/l at SS1 to

SS10.

Residual Chlorine: Residual chlorine concentration was found to be less than 0.1 mg/l at all

stations.

Trace metal concentration: Concentrations of trace metals in water are often close to the back-

ground level due to their efficient removal from the water column through hydrolysis and

adsorption by suspended particulate matter.

ACL INDOMER




Knowledge of the trace metal concentration in seawater is very important from the point of view

of their possible adverse effects on marine biota. Oysters by their ability to concentrate some

trace metals from the environment are considered to be useful indicators of metal pollution.

Many of the trace metals are adsorbed to the particulate matter and are ultimately deposited at

the bottom. The relationship between gross concentration of heavy metal in solution and its

ability to cause toxic effects in an organism is a complex one and is mostly decided by the

speciation of metal and the condition of the organism. Whether or not a trace metal can interact

with the biota depends on its "bio-availability" in the medium. Presence of other toxicants or

metals can reduce or increase the additive toxicity of each element. In addition to these factors,

temperature, pH, salinity, turbidity and dissolved oxygen concentration also significantly affect

metal-organism interactions.

Cadmium (Cd): The bioavailability and toxicity of trace metals such as Cd, Cu, and Zn are related

to the activity of the free metal ion rather than the total metal concentration. For Cd it is the

CdCl2 complex that predominates in seawater. Therefore, salinity is the overriding factor which

can alter free Cd ion activity Cd2+, and hence, bioavailability and toxicity in marine systems. The

cadmium concentration in the study regions were found <0.01 mg/l at SS1 to SS10.

Chromium (Cr): In dissolved form, chromium is present as either anionic trivalent Cr (OH)3 or as

hexavalent CrO42-. The amount of dissolved Cr3+ ions is relatively low, because these form stable

complexes. Oxidation ranks from Cr(II) to Cr(VI). In natural waters, trivalent chromium is most

abundant. Chromium is a dietary requirement for a number of organisms. This however only

applies to trivalent chromium. Hexavalent chromium is very toxic to flora and fauna. Chromium

water pollution is not regarded as one of the main and most severe environmental problems,

although discharging chromium polluted untreated wastewater in creeks has caused

environmental disasters in the past. Chromium (III) oxides are only slightly water soluble, hence

concentrations in natural waters are limited. Cr3+ ions are rarely present at pH values over 5,

because hydrated chromium oxide (Cr(OH)3) is hardly water soluble. Chromium (VI) compounds

are stable under aerobic conditions but are reduced to chromium (III) compounds under

anaerobic conditions. The reverse process is another possibility in an oxidizing environment.

Chromium is largely bound to floating particles in water. The total chromium concentration in the

study regions were found <0.01 mg/l at SS1 to SS10.

Lead (Pb): The concentration of total Arsenic was found to be <0.01 mg/l at SS1 to SS10.

Mercury (Hg): The concentration of mercury was found to be <0.01 mg/l at SS1 to SS10.

Phenolic compound: The main source of Phenolic compounds in seawater is through industrial

plant. Additionally, they can also be released during humification processes occurring in soil.

Higher concentrations occur in industrial wastewaters. Phenols can be toxic to marine organisms

and can accumulate in certain cellular components. Chlorination of phenol-containing waters can

lead to formation of chlorophenols with unpleasant odour and taste. The concentration of phenol

in the study area was found to be <0.1 mg/l at SS1 to SS10.

Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons: The coastal waters are susceptible to oil pollution due to

various maritime activities like fishing operation, spillage from oil tankers, port activities etc. In

the study area, the dissolved and dispersed Petroleum hydrocarbons were found to be below

detectable level (i.e. < 0.1 µg/l) at SS1 to SS10.

ACL INDOMER




Oil and grease: The concentration of oil and grease in the study area was <1.0 mg/l in the study

area indicating that impact due to anthropogenic releases, if any were insignificant in the study

area.

4.3. Seabed Sediment Quality

Sediment size distribution: The seabed sediment size distribution is given in Table 4.3. It shows

that the sediment is predominantly composed of fine sand.

The seabed sediment quality is given in Table 4.4. Results of seabed sediment analysis are

detailed below.

Total Organic Carbon: Total organic carbon content ranged from 0.27 to 0.67 % at SB1 to SB10.

Total Nitrogen: Total nitrogen concentration ranged from 139.8 to 181.7 mg/kg at SB1 to SB10.

The minimum value was recorded at SB10 while the maximum was recorded at SB5.

Total Phosphorus: Total phosphorus concentration ranged from 4.9 to 12 mg/kg at all stations.

The minimum value was recorded at SB2 while the maximum was recorded at SB10.

Calcium Carbonate: The calcium carbonate content in the sediments varied from 1.1 % to 6.2 %

at SB1 to SB10. The minimum was observed at SB2 while the maximum was observed at SB8.

Cadmium (Cd): The concentration of cadmium in the study area was found to be <0.1 to 7.5

mg/kg) at SB1 to SS10. Chromium (Cr): The concentrations of chromium in the study area varied

from <0.1 to 14.8 mg/kg at SB1 to SB10. Lead (Pb): The concentrations of lead in the study area

were found to be below <0.1 mg/kg at SB1 to SB10. Mercury (Hg): The concentrations of

mercury in the study area was found to be below detectable limit (i.e., <0.1 mg/kg) at SB1 to

SB10.

Total Petroleum hydrocarbons: Total petroleum hydrocarbon concentrations was found to be

below detectable limit (i.e., <0.5 µg/kg) at SB1 to SB10.

Seawater analysis indicates the Kori creek is free from pollution. Seawater quality parameters

such as DO, BOD, nutrients, heavy metals and other parameters indicate normal range

pertaining to the coastal waters.

ACL INDOMER




Collection of seawater samples Collection of seabed sediments

Onsite field measurements

Collection of Intertidal benthos Collection of Plankton

Coastal Ecology and Biodiversity study

*All photographs are taken during the study period (September - October 2018)

ACL INDOMER




4.4. Marine Ecology and Biodiversity

Coastline of the project site and 10 km surrounding coast contains vast tidal mud flats, tidal sand

flats, tidal creeks, inshore beaches and sparse mangroves. The coast is mainly made up of

depositional landforms and emerging coastal features. It is a tide dominated coastline and major

part of this coast is composed of tidal mud flats. Dense networks of tidal creeks are present all

along the tidal flats. Clusters of crescentic barrier beaches are developed toward the south,

southeast and southwest portion of the deltaic coast separated by medium size creeks. On the

backside of some of the barrier beaches, sand flats are produced due to spreading of sand with

tidal currents towards the project area.

Study area of Coastal Ecology and Biodiversity

Mudflats and Intertidal Zones: Mudflats and marshy coast mudflats are found at extensive

expanse with fine grained soft mud along the shore and are coastal wetlands that form when

mud is deposited by the tides, sea and oceans. Generally, the substrate of mudflats is formed

mainly from silts and clays and has high organic content. Due to which, they are characterized by

high biological productivity and supporting abundance of invertebrate fauna, such as lugworms,

(Phylum Annelida Class Polychaeta genus Arenicola, one of the several marine worms that

burrow deep into the sandy sea bottom or intertidal areas and are often quite large in size.

In the context of project site, mudflats constitute major area of the total length of the coastline.

Some of the vast stretches of mud flats occur along the coastal villages assessed. The vast stretch

of mud flats supports rich diversity of shore birds. These habitats are important breeding sites for

ACL INDOMER




wading birds and winter-feeding areas for many sea and shore birds. They also provide suitable

habitats for many species of fish, crabs and crustaceans.

Sandy Beaches and Dunes: In the LFP and surrounding 10 km area, sandy beaches are hardly

found and mainly occurred in a small stretch.

Tidal creeks in the intertidal zone Mud flat and marshy coast

View of Intertidal region of the coast and

Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary Intertidal Zone near project site

View of intertidal region of the sandy coast north of project site

*All photographs were taken during field survey (September - October 2018)

ACL INDOMER




Marine Biology: Biological status of an area is an essential prerequisite for environmental impact

assessment and can be evolved by selecting a few reliable parameters from a complex

ecosystem. The biological parameters considered in the present study are primary production,

phytoplankton biomass, diversity and population, zooplankton biomass, diversity and population,

seabed and inter-tidal macro benthic diversity and population, Bacterial population in coastal

waters and seabed sediments and fishery of the region.

Phytoplankton and zooplankton reflect the productivity of a water column at primary and

secondary levels. Benthic organisms being associated with the seabed, provide information

regarding the integrated effects of stress due to disturbances, if any, and hence are good

indicators of early warning of potential damage.

4.4.1. Plankton

Phytoplankton and primary productivity: Phytoplankton are the primary source of food in the

marine environment. The concentration and numerical abundance of the phytoplankton indicate

the fertility of a region. The plankton population depends primarily upon the nutrients present in

the seawater and the sunlight for photosynthesis. This primary production is an important source

of food for the higher organisms in the marine food chain.

Primary productivity of Kori creek is given in Table 4.5. The primary productivity values varied

between 264 and 408 mgC/m3/day and the average value was 336 mg C/m3/day from all

stations.

Phytoplankton species composition

Various phytoplankton groups observed in the samples and their species compositions are given

in Table 4.6. Totally, 32 species of phytoplankton were identified in net haul during sampling

period which includes 17 species belonging to centrales, 8 species of pennales, 6 species of

dinoflagellates and 1 species of cyanophytes. The floral diversity fluctuated from 17 to 26 species.

Numerical abundance and percentage of phytoplankton

The numerical abundance of phytoplankton population varied between 14200 to 29200 nos./l

from all stations. The maximum was observed at SS10, while the minimum at SS1.

Bacillariophyceae (Diatoms consisting of Centrales and Pennales) formed the major group

followed by Dinophyceae (Dinoflagellates) and Cyanophyceae (blue green algae). Trichodesmium erythraeum (5.3%) was most dominant species followed by Thalassionema nitzschioides, Planktoniella sol, Odontella sinensis and Odontella mobiliensis. Numerical abundance and

percentage of phytoplankton are given in Table 4.7.

Diversity indices and Bray-Curtis similarity of phytoplankton

Based on the PRIMER software, the Shannon-Wiener (H') diversity clearly showed the diverse

nature of project area (2.91-3.21 bits/inds.). The similarity in species composition and abundance

among stations varied from 59.61 to 83.42%.

ACL INDOMER




1 10 100

Species rank

0

20

40

60

80

100

Cu

mu

lati

ve

Do

min

an

ce%

SS 1

SS 2

SS 3

SS 4

SS 5

SS 6

SS 7

SS 8

SS 9

SS 10

Diversity indices of phytoplankton

Sample S N d J' H'(log) 1-Lambda

SS1 23 14200 2.30 0.959 3.01 0.945

SS2 20 15800 1.97 0.970 2.91 0.941

SS3 22 19600 2.13 0.951 2.94 0.940

SS4 23 16600 2.26 0.966 3.03 0.948

SS5 23 19200 2.23 0.974 3.05 0.950

SS6 21 17400 2.05 0.971 2.96 0.944

SS7 24 19600 2.33 0.977 3.11 0.952

SS8 26 22400 2.50 0.986 3.21 0.958

SS9 24 24400 2.28 0.978 3.11 0.953

SS10 25 29200 2.33 0.983 3.16 0.956

Dominance plot: The dominance plot for all the stations showed sigma shaped curves indicating

normal condition of the environment.

Zooplankton, its biomass and diversity

The number of species, biomass and numerical abundance of zooplankton are shown in Table

4.8. The species composition fluctuated from 24 to 29 species and numerical abundance varied

between 74665 to 117158 nos./100m3 (SS1 to SS10); maximum density was observed at SS9 and

minimum was observed at SS1. The percentage occurrence of various groups fluctuated among

sampling locations. The zooplankton biomass at different stations varied from 22.9 to 59.4

ml/100m3. Acartia danae (11.2%) was the most dominant zooplankton followed by Acrocalanus

sp. (4.3%), Acartia erythraea (4.2%) and Crustacean nauplii (4.0%) than the other zooplankton

species.

The Shannon-Wiener (H') diversity clearly showed the diverse nature of the project area (3.03-

3.23 bits/inds.). The similarity in species composition and abundance among stations varied from

46.55-78.21%.

ACL INDOMER




1 10 100

Species rank

0

20

40

60

80

100

Cu

mu

lati

ve

Do

min

an

ce%

SS 1

SS 2

SS 3

SS 4

SS 5

SS 6

SS 7

SS 8

SS 9

SS 10

Diversity indices of Zooplankton

Sample S N d J' H'(log) 1-Lambda

SS1 27 74665 2.32 0.958 3.16 0.952

SS2 24 86504 2.02 0.952 3.03 0.943

SS3 26 98786 2.17 0.948 3.09 0.947

SS4 26 101333 2.17 0.966 3.15 0.953

SS5 25 86025 2.11 0.959 3.09 0.946

SS6 27 98259 2.26 0.978 3.22 0.957

SS7 29 81521 2.48 0.960 3.23 0.955

SS8 25 89384 2.11 0.962 3.10 0.947

SS9 24 117158 1.97 0.955 3.04 0.944

SS10 29 115582 2.40 0.955 3.22 0.952



4.4.2. Macrobenthic Organisms

Intertidal and subtidal Benthos: Benthic faunal population in an environment depends on the

nature of the substratum and its organic matter content.

Subtidal benthos: The sediment characteristics analysis showed that the study area essentially

contained fine sand. The number of species varied from 7 to 10 species and the numerical

abundance of the benthic fauna was moderate and varied from 360 to 840 nos./m2at all stations.

Intertidal benthos: Number of species of the intertidal benthic fauna varied from 7 to 14 and the

numerical abundance between 450 and 705 nos./m2. The intertidal and subtidal faunal

population is shown in Table 4.9.

The Shannon-Wiener diversity was moderate in the project area (1.83-2.54 bits/inds.). Similarly,

the Margalef richness (d) values were also moderate (0.98-1.98). However, the evenness was

ACL INDOMER




1 10 100

Species rank

0

20

40

60

80

100

Cu

mu

lati

ve D

omin

ance

%

SB 1

SB 2

SB 3

SB 4

SB 5

SB 6

SB 7

SB 8

SB 9

SB 10

IB 1

IB 2

IB 3

IB 4

IB 5

similar in all stations. The similarity in species composition and abundance among stations widely

varied from 10.0 - 80.9%.

Diversity indices of benthic organisms

Station S N d J' H'(log) 1-

Lambda

SB 1 7 360 1.02 0.971 1.89 0.842

SB 2 9 520 1.28 0.973 2.14 0.877

SB 3 10 640 1.39 0.978 2.25 0.892

SB 4 10 720 1.37 0.975 2.25 0.890

SB 5 9 720 1.22 0.987 2.17 0.884

SB 6 9 800 1.20 0.898 1.97 0.831

SB 7 8 680 1.07 0.965 2.01 0.859

SB 8 10 800 1.35 0.977 2.25 0.891

SB 9 8 840 1.04 0.950 1.98 0.849

SB 10 8 840 1.04 0.984 2.05 0.867

IB 1 11 660 1.54 0.962 2.31 0.893

IB 2 12 615 1.71 0.925 2.30 0.880

IB 3 7 450 0.98 0.942 1.83 0.824

IB 4 10 570 1.42 0.969 2.23 0.887

IB 5 14 705 1.98 0.964 2.54 0.916



4.4.3. Microbiology

Microorganism distribution in the marine and brackish environment plays an important role in

the decomposition of organic matter and mineralization. Since the last two decades, water

quality analysis was given more importance in marine pollution monitoring programmes. These

ACL INDOMER




pathogenic bacteria invade into marine environment through human and animal excreta, river

runoff, and land runoff, sewage with organic and inorganic contents, agricultural waste and

industrial waste. Hence, the spatial and temporal distribution of the total faecal coliforms as well

as pathogenic bacteria in water and sediment is essential to assess the sanitary conditions. The

regular monitoring in the coastal environment is an integral and essential part in assessing the

microbial population of coastal waters.

Bacterial counts in the surface water and in sediment samples at all stations were analysed and

presented in Tables 4.10 and 4.11 respectively. In the water samples, population density varied

from 0.01 to 5.35 nos×103CFU/ml at SS1 to SS10. In the sediment samples, population density

varied from 0.02 to 5.63 nos×104 CFU/g at all stations.

The bacterial colonies were identified upto generic level. Organisms isolated were normally

expected in all coastal waters, under moderate human influence. The total count in the water

sample at the surface closer to the coastal areas was found to be higher due to terrestrial run off

and towards the open sea the count was found to be lesser. Shigella and Vibrio like organisms

were found to be present in very low numbers. Other counts indicated lesser populations. This

result implies that in this region there is no indication of any major microbiological pollution.

Bacterial densities were higher in the sediment samples than the water samples. This is normally

expected and can be ascribed to the fact that the coastal and shelf sediments play a significant

role in the demineralization of organic matter which supports the growth of microbes. Higher

bacterial population in sediments than water is generally due to the rich organic content of the

former and the lesser residence time of microorganism in the water than the sediments. The

pathogenic organism such as TVC, Total coliforms, Escherichia coli, Vibrio, Shigella, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus like organisms, have been recorded in the study area. The

counts indicated lesser population which shows that the environment is healthy and free from

any major pollution.

In general, the coastal waters are influenced by Escherichia coli, Salmonella sp., Klebsiella sp., Enterobacter sp., Bacillus sp., and Staphylococcus sp., and Vibrio like organisms. Estuaries and

creeks are influenced by E.coli, Shigella sp., Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Pseudomonas sp., and other pathogens like Total Coliforms and Total Viable Counts.

4.4.4. Coastal Vegetation

The proposed project area has scanty/sparse coastal vegetation. The natural flora found in the

whole of the study area is predominantly rural and are representative of the saline tropical thorn

forest.

In the present assessment the following halophytes diversity is observed in the 10 km radius of

project site (Koteshwar coast, Narayan Sarovar coast, Dhunay, Fatehpur, Chher Moti and Nani,

Kapurashi and Koriyani village coast). The soil is halomorphic and it promotes the survival of

many halophytic vegetation, chiefly Aeluropus, Cressa, Haloxylon, Heliotropium, Suaeda, Salicornia, Sporobolus, etc.

It is observed that the halophyte diversity is less abundant in the study area. In the present study,

coastal villages edged by sea and having high saline habitat appear to support minimum

ACL INDOMER




halophytes diversity. The following species of halophytes are reported from the 10 km radius of

project site.

Halophytes of Kori creek within 10 km project radius

Species Status

Aeluropus lagopoides (L.) Thwaites Less abundant

Cressa cretica L. Less abundant

Cyperus conglomeratus Rottb. Common

Halopyrum mucronatum (L.) Stapf Very rare

Haloxylon recurvum Bunge ex Boiss. Rare

Haloxylon salicornicum (Moq.) Bunge ex Boiss. Less abundant

Heliotropium curassavicum L. Rare

Ipomoea pescaprae (L.) R. Br. Rare

Juncus maritimus Lam. Very rare

Limonium stocksii Kuntze Rare

Salicornia brachiata Roxb. Common

Salsola baryosma (Schult.) Dandy Common

Salvadora persica L. Quite common

Sesuvium portulacastrum (L.) L. Uncommon

Sesuvium sesuvioides (Fenzl) Verdc. Common

Sporobolus maderaspatanus Bor Rare

Suaeda fruticosa Forssk. ex. J.F. Gmel. Common

Suaeda nudiflora Moq. Common

Tamarix stricta Boiss. Rare

Tamarix troupii Hole Uncommon

Trianthema triquetra Rottler & Willd. Less abundant

Urochondra setulosa (Trin.) C. E. Hubb. Less abundant

4.4.5. Mangroves

Mangroves are salt-tolerant forest ecosystems found mainly in tropical and sub-tropical inter-

tidal regions. They are trees or shrubs that have the common trait of growing in shallow and

muddy salt water or brackish waters, especially along quiet shorelines and in estuaries.

Mangroves comprise a diverse group of large tropical trees and shrubs, which live in the

intertidal areas of sheltered marine shores, estuaries and tidal creeks and thus create an

ecological bridge between terrestrial and marine ecosystems.

Out of the total mangrove cover in Gujarat state (1103 km2), Kutch district has maximum extent

of mangroves (789 km2), followed by Jamnagar (167 km2), Bharuch (44 km2) and Ahmedabad (36

km2).

Project site and surroundings: The Indus river delta mangroves, also known as the Western

mangroves or Indus-Deltaic mangroves. A semi-arid climate with its extremely low rainfall, high

variability in seasonal temperature, high rate of evapotranspiration, high sediment and water

salinity regime with high tidal amplitude subject the mangroves of Lakhpat region to an extreme

environment. Lakhpat coast represents mangrove habitat that is adapted to some of the most

extreme temperatures and salinity conditions in the Western Indo-Pacific region.

ACL INDOMER




The Western mangrove cover in Abdasa and Lakhpat talukas cover an area of 529.5 km2 in

intertidal zone from Koteshwar port in the north to the northern side of Jakhau port limit. As per

the study conducted by the Space Applications Centre (ISRO), Ahmedabad and GEER Foundation,

over 640 km2 of mangroves are registered in this area.

Mangroves in Kori creek towards Pakistan are very dense and at some of the sites stem-density

reaches up to about 2000 ha. Thus, Kori creek and surrounding areas support over 65% of the

total mangrove in the state.

In response to the extreme conditions, mangroves of the study area are dominated by single

species stands of Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierh., which is known for its tolerance for extreme

environment. Besides this species, a mangrove associate, Urochondra setulosa, (Trin.) Hubb., an

endemic species of this coast was often found along the banks of tidal creeks. Mangrove in the

present study were observed to be hypersaline, enabling the survival of A. marina only.

Earlier reports specify that Avicennia officinalis, Rhizophora mucronata, Bruguiera gymnorrhiza and Ceriops tagal were found associated with Avicennia marina. Presently these species have

become rare and not found anywhere in the assessment area. At present, along the mainland,

mangroves are scrubby or exterminated. At the same time, the other sides of creeks and Bets

have good mangroves.

Avicennia marina in the intertidal zone near Koteshwar jetty

Avicennia marina in the intertidal zone opposite to Light house, Narayan Sarovar

ACL INDOMER




Avicennia marina in the west bank of Kori creek

Arthrocnemum indicum Suaeda nudiflora

4.4.6. Seaweeds and Sea Grasses

Seaweeds:

The coastal region comprises of tidal flats covered with muds which are not suitable for seaweed

to grow. The survey indicated the absence of seaweeds.

Sea grasses:

Seagrasses occupy a variety of coastal habitats. Seagrass meadows typically occur in most

shallow, sheltered soft-bottomed marine coastlines and estuaries. The survey conducted in the

project area, showed absence of seagrasses.

4.4.7. Coral Reefs

Nearest established location where corals are reported is Gulf of Kachchh (GoK). Even in GoK due

to geographical isolation and the extreme environmental conditions (temperature range 15‐35o

C, salinity range 25 ‐ 40 ppt), strong tidal currents and heavy sediment load, the diversity of coral

species is quite low compared to other reef areas in India.

ACL INDOMER




Except a report on stony corals young polyp of Favia sp. as well as barnacles, oyster spats,

gastropods, polychaetes (associated fauna) in the sand and muddy areas of Kori creek (23˚ 25′ 13

N; 68˚ 94′ 12 E) there is no other record of occurrence of corals in the area (Source: J. Sesh Serebiah et.al "New Discovery of Coral Rubbings in the North-Western Gulf of Kachchh, Gujarat, Western India – GIS Based Evaluation", Oceanic and Coastal Sea Research.). However, no report

has so far been found on the existence of corals in the project site.

4.4.8. Marine Mammals

Zoological Survey of India has recorded 13 species of sea mammals (Whales, dolphins and

dugongs) – Balaena australis, Balaena musculus, Megaptera novaeangliae, Delphinus delphis, Globicephala macrorhynchus, Peonocephala electra, Orcinus orca, Pseudorca crassidens, Sousa chinensis, Tursiops truncatus, Neophocaena phocaenoides, Kogia breviceps and Dugong dugon

in seawater of Gujarat.

All the thirteen species are listed in Schedule I under Wild Life Protection Act, 1972 and six

species are Appendix I and seven are under Appendix II of CITES.

None of the above reported marine mammals were sited during the present study.

4.4.9. Sea Turtles

Out of 13 coastal districts of Gujarat, only six coastal districts are potential nesting habitats.

Nests of green and olive ridley turtles were recorded from Jamnagar, Junagadh, Amreli,

Bhavnagar, Valsad districts, with the exception of Kutch, wherein only three nesting sites were

recorded.

As per secondary information, nesting has declined over the years in Koteshwar coast,

particularly along the Narayan Sarovar Koteshwar temple stretch. During the present

assessment, local fishermen of Narayan Sarovar village informed that none of the turtles were

found to nest in the coast of Koteshwar.

4.4.10. Endangered Species

Whale shark (Rhincodon typus Smith 1828 belonging to Order: Lamniformes; Sub-Order:

Lamnoidei; Family: Rhiniodontidae) is the largest fish in the world. India is said to have the largest

congregation of this species. Since 2001, Whale shark hunting has been banned, after it became

the first fish to be listed under Schedule-I of the Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972.

Whale sharks in Gujarat coast: The endangered whale sharks that are seen in the waters off the

Gujarat coast may be native to the Indian Ocean. Whale sharks are reported to be spotted at

Veraval and Sutrapada off the Gujarat coast. However, there is no report on presence of whale

shark in Kori creek.

Eurynorhynchus pygmeus (Spoon‐billed Sandpiper) migratory bird, which is critically endangered

was observed during the survey

ACL INDOMER




4.4.11. Seabirds

Seabirds are good ecological indicators, especially in under-studied ecosystems since they

provide insights into marine ecosystem processes and functions at various trophic levels. The

Lakhpat coast has been historically less explored with respect to avifauna, leading to a paucity of

data. List of Bird species sighted and reported in the study area is given in Table 4.12. 33 species

have been sighted from the 10 km surrounding coast of project site.

IUCN Red List: one species is critically Endangered Eurynorhynchus pygmeus (Spoon‐billed

Sandpiper) migratory and six Near Threatened viz. Anas falcata (Falcated Duck) migratory,

Numenius arquata (Eurasian curlew) migratory, Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus (Black‐necked Stork)

resident, Mycteria leucocephala (Painted Stork) resident, Phoenicopterus minor (Lesser Flamingo)

resident, Threskiornis melanocephalus (Black‐headed Ibis) resident and Pelecanus philippensis

(Spot‐billed Pelican) vagrant are reported in this assessment.

Grey heron Black necked stork

Striated Heron Flamingo

4.4.12. Fish & Fisheries

Narayan Sarovar and Chher Nani are the only fisher folk settlements on the Lakhpat coast and in

the 10 km radius of project site. The main fishing grounds are only the creeks of Lakhpat coast.

ACL INDOMER




Pagadiya fishing is done as a part time occupation along with agriculture and animal husbandry.

Due to border restrictions, the pagadiya fisherfolk are allowed to enter the sea only during the

day. However, the pagadiya fisherfolk don't face much of a problem as the nets remain fixed and

they only need to collect the fish every day. A unique aspect of the Narayan Sarovar area with

respect to pagadiya fishing is that women are involved in full time pagadiya fishing. There are

estimated 30-40 fulltime pagadiya fisherwomen. Men go for pagadiya fishing only during the

boat fishing ban season. In Chher Nani only pagadiya fishing is seen.

The following are the fishes caught by the fishermen of the Narayan Sarovar village either by

fishing boat or by the traditional methods given below. Most of the fishes given are only from

secondary source of information from the fisher folk. They are Cow nosed rays, Eels, Herrings,

Sardines, Wolf herrings, Anchovies, Sea catfish, Lizardfishes, Bombay ducks, Flying fishes, Jacks,

Amberjacks, Pilot fishes, Pampanos, Snapers, Seabreams, Threadfin breams, Whiptail breams,

Croakers, Mullets, Barracudas, Threadfins, Mackerels, Tunas, Silver Pomfrets, etc.

None of the above species of fishes reported are of conservation importance. They are neither

listed in the Indian Wildlife Act, 1972 nor in IUCN and CITES Appendix. Among the species of

marine fishes reported from the assessment area, most are found to have commercial value.

Mugil cephalus is the important and abundant commercial fish of the area caught and sold by

the Narayan Sarovar fishermen. Fishing village and Pagadiya fishing ground used by villagers in

the study is given below.

Fishing Villages and Pagadiya Fishing Ground

ACL INDOMER




Fishermen population: According to Government of Gujarat, Fisheries, there are 230 and 293

active fishermen in Lakhpat and Narayan Sarovar respectively. As per the marine fisheries census

2010, full time fishermen in the Lakhpat and Narayan Sarovar is 51 and 106 respectively.

Annual fish production: According to Gujarat fisheries statistics the estimated annual landings in

Lakhpat was 738 MT in 2014-15; 669 MT in 2015-16; 662 MT in 2016-17. In Narayan Sarovar 999

MT in 2014-15; 950 MT in 2015-16; 932 MT in 2016-17 were reported. Table showing fisher folk

boats, fishing gears and fishermen population of Lakhpat and Narayan Sarovar is given below.

Village

Actual fishing

(Marine fisheries Census

2010)

Active

fishermen

(2016-17) Full time

Part

time

Lakhpat 51 6 230

Narayan

Sarovar 106 - 293

Gear and Grafts

Gill Net 19 - -

FRP IBM 8 - -

Marine fish Production in MT

Villages 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17

Lakhpat 738 669 662

Narayan

Sarovar 999 950 932

(Source: Department of Fisheries, Government of Gujarat)

Fishing harbour and jetty in Narayan

Sarovar Fishing fleet near Narayan Sarovar

ACL INDOMER




Pagadiya fishing in Narayan Sarovar

4.4.13. Protected Areas

In order to protect and conserve the floral and faunal elements of the coastal and marine region

and also to preserve the ecological integrity of some of the representative habitats of coastal

tracts, the concept of protected areas (PA) established.

Narayan Sarovar Sanctuary forms

a seasonal wetland in the arid

zone that harbours 15 threatened

wildlife species and encompasses

desert thorn and scrub forests,

dotted with several seasonal water

bodies and grassy patches is

popularly known as Narayan

Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary,

notified as such in April 1981.

Narayan Sarovar Sanctuary is

located in the western most part

of the Kachchh and lies between

23°27' – 23°42' N latitude and

68°30' – 68°57' E longitude. The Kori creek borders the sanctuary on the north-west and

mangrove forest on the west. There are no prominent land features on the eastern, northern and

southern sides. The north-eastern part is undulating, interspersed with small hill ranges,

extending in an east– west direction. The north-western and western parts are flat, gently

sloping towards the Arabian Sea. This sanctuary harbours the last remnants of the true thorn

forests, comprising stands of Acacia nilotica, A. senegal, Salvadora oleoides and S. persica with

Euphorbia nivulia, Capparis decidua and Ziziphus nummularia shrubs interspersed with grass

patches. Some of the areas are encroached and dominated by the exotic Prosopis juliflora. The

climate is arid and temperatures range from 10º C – 40º C. A few ephemeral rivers and rivulets

drain the sanctuary. Rainfall is scarce and erratic.

This exceptional eco-system supports a rich biodiversity including some rare animals and birds

and rare flowering plants. The sanctuary has all the three species of bustards- Great Indian

Bustard, Houbara Bustard and Lesser Florican. Also, the Black Partridge, a typical bird of desert

habitat is found here. Eighteen species of herpetofauna, 184 bird species including 19 species of

A view of Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary

ACL INDOMER




raptors occur in the sanctuary. The most sighted animal is the Chinkara. Very large portion of

the area of the sanctuary exhibits the edaphic climax of tropical thorn forest with tree height

averaging three to 5 m. Major part of the sanctuary is under grassland and scrub forest. Map

showing protected areas of Gujarat is presented below (Source: forest.gujarat.gov.in).

Protected areas of Gujarat

Eco Sensitive Zone of Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary: As per Ministry of Environment and

Forest Notification dt. 31st May 2012 on Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary, mean distance of 1.5

km is notified under Eco Sensitive Zone surrounding the Narayan Sarovar. Map of Narayan

Sarovar Wild Life Sanctuary boundary and ESZ boundary is shown in Fig. 4.5.

4.5. Comparison of Offshore and Nearshore Water

Physico – Chemical Properties

Comparison was made on the salient water quality parameters of the stations in adjacent clear

water and nearshore water. Sampling location were selected to cover both open seawater

(Arabian sea) and creek water (between berthing jetty and Kori creek mouth). There is no

significant difference in water quality is noticed between proposed jetty location and open

seawater. Results indicate that quality of Kori creek water is as equally good as open seawater.

Apart from relatively high turbidity and TSS, no significant changes noticed. It can be inferred

that the nearshore and offshore water quality almost remains same in respect to physio-

chemical quality features.

NS Wild Life Sanctuary

ACL INDOMER




Marine Biology

Biological aspects such as primary productivity, Phytoplankton species composition, Numerical

abundance of Phytoplankton, Zooplankton population and Subtidal population were compared

between offshore and nearshore water. Analysis indicate that Phytoplankton species

composition, Numerical abundance of Phytoplankton, Zooplankton population and subtidal

population were comparatively high in offshore water. Relatively low population and diversity

observed in Kori creek can be attributed with turbid water quality.

A Comparison between water quality and marine biology of two extreme sampling locations

(SS1, SB1 & SS10, SB10) were also carried out and is given below.

Comparison between water quality of SS1 & SS10 Comparison between Phytoplankton &

Zooplankton abundance of SS1 & SS10

Comparison between Phytoplankton species &

Zooplankton biomass of SS1 & SS10

Comparison between primary productivity &

subtidal benthos biomass of SS1 & SS10

ACL INDOMER




The details of comparison between nearshore and offshore waters is presented in Table below.

Sl.

No Parameters Unit

Nearshore water (between

berthing jetty and mouth

of Kori creek)

Offshore water

(Arabian sea)

Physico – Chemical properties

1 Temperature °C 26 – 27.9 26.6 – 28.0

2 pH - 8.27 – 8.5 8.3 – 8.36

3 Salinity ppt 38.6 – 40.1 38.6 – 39.2

4 TSS mg/l 50 -135 35 - 65

5 Turbidity NTU 4.9 – 12.2 3.2 – 6.5

6 DO mg/l 5 – 5.6 5.2 – 5.4

7 BOD mg/l 1.1 – 2.1 1.1 – 1.8

8 COD mg/l 20.4 – 28.6 18.8 – 24.4

9 Ammonia Nitrogen µmol/l 2.9 – 8.4 4.0 – 6.7

10 Nitrates as NO3 µmol/l 3.9 – 10.3 6.1 – 8.0

11 Nitrites as NO2 µmol/l 2.1 – 2.7 1.7 – 2.5

12 Phosphate PO4 µmol/l 0.5 – 2.0 0.6 – 1.1

13 Total Nitrogen µmol/l 31.1 – 47.3 33.8 – 41.6

14 Heavy metals mg/l <0.01 <0.01

Marine Biology

1 Primary productivity mgC/m3/day 264 - 384 360 - 408

2 Phytoplankton

species diversity - 17 - 24 25 - 26

3 Phytoplankton

numerical abundance nos./l 14200 - 22400 24400 - 29200

4 Zooplankton

numerical abundance nos./100m3 74665 - 101333 115582 - 117158

5 Subtidal benthos

numerical abundance nos./m2 360 - 800 840

ACL INDOMER




4.6. Summary of Marine Baseline Data

Summary of marine baseline study carried out during September 2018 is given below,

SEAWATER

PARAMETERS Max Min *For Harbour waters

(SW IV)

Salinity (ppt) 40.1 38.6 -

pH 8.5 8.27 6 - 9

COD (mg/l) 28.6 18.8 -

BOD (mg/l) 2.1 1.1 5.0

DO (mg/l) 5.6 5.0 3.0

Oil and Grease (mg/l) <1.0 10

*Annexure V - Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters, EIA Guidance Manual – Ports & Harbors

*SEABED SEDIMENTS

PARAMETERS Max Min

Total Organic Carbon (%) 0.67 0.27

Total Nitrogen (mg/kg) 181.7 139.8

Total Phosphorous

(mg/kg) 12.0 4.9

Calcium carbonate (%) 6.2 1.1

*No typical seawater standard is available for these parameters

BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS

PARAMETERS Max Min Mean

Primary production

(mgC/m3/day) 408 264 336

Species diversity 26 17 22

Abundance (nos./l) 29200 14200 19840

Species diversity 24 29 26

Abundance (nos./100m3) 117158 74665 94922

Biomass (ml/100m3) 59.4 22.9 43.5

Abundance (nos./m2) 840 360 692

ACL INDOMER




MARINE ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

Parameters Presence/Absence Remarks

Coastal Vegetation Halophyte diversity observed within 10 km project

radius is less abundant/scanty.

Mangroves Mangroves are observed in patches, dominated by

single species of Avicennia Marina. No mangroves

were observed near proposed berthing jetty.

Seaweeds and Seagrass -

Coral reefs

No authentic evidence on corals in Kori creek is

reported. However, a literature study on stony corals

young polyp of Favia sp. as well as barnacles, oyster

spats, gastropods, polychaetes is reported from Kori

creek.

Marine Mammals -

Turtles -

Endangered Species Critically endangered Eurynorhynchus pygmeus

(Spoon‐billed Sandpiper) migratory is reported during

the study.

Seabirds Total 63 species have been reported from study area.

Fish and Fisheries

Narayan Sarovar and Chher Nani are the fishing

villages near the project site. Both fishing

boat/traditional fishing methods and Pagadiya fishing

were noticed in the project area.

Protected Areas Narayan Sarovar Wild Life Sanctuary, proposed project

site falls away the boundary and ESZ of Narayan

Sarovar Wild Life Sanctuary. Presence () and absence ()

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.1. Details of seawater, seabed sediment and biological sampling stations

Station. UTM Coordinates (WGS 84)

Sampling depth X (m) Y (m)

Seawater and Seabed sediment

SS1 & SB1 463589 2634432 S, B

SS2 & SB2 459375 2631182 S, B

SS3 & SB3 457174 2626777 S, M, B

SS4 & SB4 453017 2624138 S, M, B

SS5 & SB5 449154 2620898 S, M, B

SS6 & SB6 451704 2629536 S, M, B

SS7 & SB7 442040 2624336 S, M, B

SS8 & SB8 444064 2616580 S, M, B

SS9 & SB9 438355 2607837 S, M, B

SS10 & SB10 432687 2601987 S, M, B

Intertidal benthos

IB1 464350 2631302 -

IB2 462498 2627429 - IB3 460309 2624760 - IB4 454564 2622801 - IB5 452508 2619869 -

S = Surface, M = Mid depth, B = Bottom

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.2. Seawater quality of Kori creek – September 2018

Station Depth Temp.

(°C) pH

Conductivity

(µS/cm)

TDS

(mg/l)

Salinity

(ppt)

TSS

(mg/l)

Turbidity

(NTU)

DO

(mg/l)

BOD

(mg/l)

COD

(mg/l)

SS1 S 27.5 8.40 63373 42460 39.9 126 14.8 5.2 1.1 22.4

B 26.0 8.28 63687 42670 40.1 135 15.2 5.1 1.4 28.6

SS2 S 27.6 8.42 63164 42320 39.7 110 13.7 5.0 1.4 20.8

B 26.2 8.32 63687 42670 39.9 95 7.8 5.3 1.7 24.2

SS3

S 27.4 8.46 62955 42180 39.6 105 8.4 5.3 1.2 22.4

M 27.0 8.34 63164 42320 39.8 98 8.1 5.4 1.6 24.2

B 26.6 8.36 63194 42340 39.9 94 10.4 5.4 2.1 24.8

SS4

S 27.8 8.47 63269 42390 39.8 75 7.8 5.2 1.4 21.8

M 27.4 8.28 63373 42460 39.9 90 8.6 5.2 1.1 22.4

B 26.4 8.28 63806 42750 40.1 110 12.2 5.5 1.8 23.0

SS5

S 27.9 8.31 62418 41820 38.8 75 8.6 5.4 1.2 22.4

M 27.2 8.27 62522 41890 38.9 80 9.2 5.1 1.3 23.2

B 26.4 8.29 62627 41960 39.1 95 10.2 5.2 1.6 23.8

SS6

S 27.8 8.44 61896 41470 38.9 65 6.8 5.4 1.1 21.4

M 27.6 8.36 61687 41330 39.1 85 7.6 5.1 1.6 22.0

B 26.5 8.37 62104 41610 39.2 108 9.4 5.1 1.4 22.8

SS7

S 27.7 8.50 62418 41820 38.6 60 5.8 5.3 1.2 20.4

M 27.0 8.35 62522 41890 38.8 82 6.4 5.3 1.5 20.8

B 26.5 8.29 62731 42030 39.4 98 8.6 5.2 1.3 21.2

SS8

S 27.8 8.36 62209 41680 38.9 50 4.9 5.0 1.3 23.6

M 27.0 8.38 62418 41820 39.6 70 6.3 5.2 1.3 24.4

B 26.6 8.30 62507 41880 39.2 95 8.8 5.6 1.1 26.2

SS9

S 28.0 8.33 61955 41510 38.6 45 4.7 5.2 1.6 22.2

M 27.2 8.32 61687 41330 38.9 58 5.1 5.3 1.5 24.0

B 26.8 8.30 62000 41540 39.2 65 6.5 5.4 1.2 24.4

SS10

S 28.0 8.32 62104 41610 38.7 35 3.2 5.2 1.5 20.8

M 27.4 8.36 62000 41540 38.9 40 3.8 5.2 1.8 18.8

B 26.6 8.31 62418 41820 39.2 50 4.0 5.3 1.1 20.4 S=Surface; M=Mid depth; B=Bottom; BDL= Below Detectable Limit; DL= Detectable Limit Continued…

ACL INDOMER




Station Depth

Total Residual

Chlorine as Cl-

(mg/l)

Ammonical Nitrogen

as NH3 (µmol/l)

Nitrates as NO3

(µmol/l)

Nitrites as NO2

(µmol/l)

Phosphate as

PO4 (µmol/l)

Total

Phosphorus

(µmol/l)

Total Nitrogen

(µmol/l)

SS1 S <1.0 4.5 7.2 2.2 0.5 2.1 38.0

B <1.0 4.0 3.9 2.2 0.7 1.3 32.1

SS2 S <1.0 2.9 8.2 2.7 1.1 2.7 38.6

B <1.0 3.6 9.7 2.1 2.0 2.6 40.8

SS3

S <1.0 4.0 9.4 2.2 1.1 3.4 41.8

M <1.0 5.5 9.9 2.2 1.0 8.5 40.4

B <1.0 4.2 7.9 2.2 0.9 4.5 37.4

SS4

S <1.0 8.4 4.2 2.2 0.9 2.2 31.1

M <1.0 6.0 9.7 2.2 0.7 1.8 47.3

B <1.0 8.4 7.6 2.2 0.9 1.8 38.8

SS5

S <1.0 5.5 9.0 2.2 0.7 2.0 42.5

M <1.0 3.3 7.7 2.2 0.7 1.9 40.4

B <1.0 3.2 7.4 2.2 0.7 2.0 38.6

SS6

S <1.0 5.5 8.9 2.6 0.8 1.9 45.6

M <1.0 5.3 6.8 2.2 1.5 1.7 38.9

B <1.0 4.3 7.5 2.2 0.9 1.3 39.8

SS7

S <1.0 5.5 6.9 2.7 0.9 2.0 39.4

M <1.0 5.5 8.4 2.2 0.7 1.0 39.0

B <1.0 5.2 10.3 2.2 0.8 2.0 39.6

SS8

S <1.0 5.5 8.0 2.2 0.9 2.9 38.5

M <1.0 5.5 7.5 2.2 0.8 1.0 33.7

B <1.0 6.4 6.3 2.2 0.7 1.5 36.6

SS9

S <1.0 4.6 6.1 2.5 1.0 1.1 41.6

M <1.0 5.5 6.1 2.2 0.6 0.9 33.8

B <1.0 5.5 7.4 2.2 0.7 0.9 37.9

SS10

S <1.0 6.7 8.0 2.2 1.0 3.0 39.6

M <1.0 5.5 7.6 2.2 0.8 2.0 38.2

B <1.0 4.0 7.9 1.7 1.1 3.3 39.9 S=Surface; M=Mid depth; B=Bottom; BDL= Below Detectable Limit; DL= Detectable Limit Continued…

ACL INDOMER




Station Depth Cadmium as Cd

(mg/l)

Chromium as Cr

(mg/l)

Lead as Pb

(mg/l)

Mercury as Hg

(mg/l)

Phenolic

Compound

(mg/l)

Total Oil & Grease

(mg/l)

Petroleum

Hydrocarbon

(µg/l)

SS1 S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS2 S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS3

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS4

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS5

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS6

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS7

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS8

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS9

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

SS10

S <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

M <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1

B <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 <1.0 <0.1 S=Surface; M=Mid depth; B=Bottom; BDL= Below Detectable Limit; DL= Detectable Limit

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.3. Sediment size distribution of Kori creek– September 2018

Station. Classification D50 (mm) Coarse Sand

(%)

Medium Sand

(%)

Fine Sand

(%)

Slit & Clay

(%)

SB1 Fine Sand 0.14 2.8 1.5 93.5 2.2

SB2 Fine Sand 0.15 1.8 1.6 93.6 3.0

SB3 Coarse Sand 0.47 46.0 30.8 18.5 4.7

SB4 Fine Sand 0.14 2.0 1.3 91.3 5.3

SB5 Fine Sand 0.14 13.1 3.1 82.8 0.9

SB6 Fine Sand 0.11 8.4 1.5 82.6 7.5

SB7 Fine Sand 0.12 - 0.9 93.9 5.2

SB8 Fine Sand 0.24 3.7 8.0 87.4 0.9

SB9 Fine Sand 0.14 14.9 3.7 79.5 1.8

SB10 Fine Sand 0.12 0.9 3.3 89.7 6.1

Table 4.4. Seabed Sediment quality of Kori creek – September 2018

Station Total Organic Carbon

(%)

Total Nitrogen

(mg/kg)

Total Phosphorus

(mg/kg) Calcium Carbonate (%)

SB1 0.46 167.8 9.1 1.6

SB2 0.46 167.5 4.9 1.1

SB3 0.40 167.7 6.1 5.5

SB4 0.67 181.6 8.7 1.1

SB5 0.47 181.7 8.5 1.6

SB6 0.33 167.7 7.0 2.0

SB7 0.33 153.7 7.0 2.0

SB8 0.33 153.7 5.1 6.2

SB9 0.33 153.6 5.6 1.1

SB10 0.27 139.8 12.0 2.5

Continued…

Station Cadmium as Cd

(mg/kg)

Chromium as Cr

(mg/kg)

Lead as Pb

(mg/kg)

Mercury as

Hg (mg/kg)

Total Petroleum

Hydrocarbons (µg/kg)

SB1 <0.1 14.8 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB2 1.5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB3 1.6 1.2 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB4 0.9 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB5 1.6 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB6 0.5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB7 1.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB8 0.8 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB9 0.7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

SB10 7.5 2.0 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5

ACL INDOMER




Table: 4.5. Primary productivity of Kori creek - September 2018

Station

Gross

primary

productivity

Net primary

productivity

Primary

production

mgC/m3/day

SS1 1.3 0.7 312

SS2 1.1 0.6 264

SS3 1.2 0.8 288

SS4 1.4 1.0 336

SS5 1.3 0.9 312

SS6 1.5 0.9 360

SS7 1.6 1.1 384

SS8 1.4 1.0 336

SS9 1.5 1.1 360

SS10 1.7 1.0 408

ACL INDOMER




Table. 4.6. Phytoplankton species composition* of Kori creek - September 2018

Sl.

No. Species

Stations

SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS6 SS7 SS8 SS9 SS10

Phylum: Heterokontophyta

Class: Bacillariophyceae (Diatoms)

Order: Centrales

1 Asteromphalus sp. - + - + + - + - + +

2 Bacillaria paradoxa - - + + - + - - + +

3 Chaetoceros sp. + + - + + - + + + +

4 Chaetoceros affinis + - + - - + - + + +

5 Chaetoceros coarctatus - + - + + + + - + +

6 Coscinodiscus centralis + - + + - + - + - +

7 Coscinodiscus lorenzianus - - + + + + + + + -

8 Coscinodiscus excentricus - + - + - - + + - +

9 Coscinodiscus marginatus + - + - + + - + + +

10 Ditylum brightwellii - + - + - + - + + +

11 Odontella mobiliensis + - + + + - + + + +

12 Odontella sinensis - + - + + + - + + +

13 Planktoniella sol - + - + + + + + + +

14 Rhizosolenia alata + - + - - + - + + +

15 Rhizosolenia styliformis - + + + + + + - + +

16 Skeletonema costatum - - - - + - + + - -

17 Thalassiosira subtilis + + - + + + + + + +

Subtotal 7 9 8 13 11 12 10 13 14 15

Order: Pennales

18 Asterionella japonica + - + + + + + - + +

19 Bellerochea malleus - + - + + - + + - -

20 Nitzschia longissima - + - + + + - + + +

21 Navicula hennedyii + - + - + - + + - -

22 Pleurosigma normanii + + - + - + - + + +

23 Pleurosigma directum - + + + + + + - + -

24 Thalassionema nitzschioides + - - + + + - + + +

25 Thalassiothrix frauenfeldii + + + - + + + - + +

Subtotal 5 5 4 6 7 6 5 5 6 5

Phylum: Pyrrophyta (or Dinophyta)

Class: Dinophyceae (Dinoflagellates)

26 Ceratium lineatus - + - + - - + - + +

27 Ceratium furca + + + + + + + - + +

28 Ceratium macroceros + - + - - - + + - +

29 Ceratium tripos - + - + + + - + + -

30 Dinophysis caudata + + + + - + - + + -

31 Peridinium depressum + + + - + - + - + +

Subtotal 4 5 4 4 3 3 4 3 5 4

Class: Cyanophyceae

32 Trichodesmium erythraeum + + + + + + + + + +

Subtotal 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Total 17 20 17 24 22 22 20 22 26 25

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.7. Numerical abundance of Phytoplankton (Nos./l)* of Kori creek - September 2018

Sl.

No. Genus/Species

Stations Total %


Phylum: Heterokontophyta

Class: Bacillariophyceae (Diatoms)

Order: Centrales

1 Asteromphalus sp. 400 800 - 800 600 1000 1000 1000 600 - 6200 3.1

2 Bellerochea malleus 800 - 600 400 800 - 800 1000 600 - 5000 2.5

3 Chaetoceros sp. 1200 1200 - 600 1400 - 1000 400 1200 800 7800 3.9

4 Chaetoceros affinis 400 600 600 1000 - 600 400 1000 1600 1200 7400 3.7

5 Coscinodiscus sp. 400 600 200 1200 1200 1200 - 600 1000 1000 7400 3.7

6 Coscinodiscus excentricus - 800 600 400 1000 - 600 1200 - 1200 5800 2.9

7 Ditylum brightwellii 200 400 1000 400 - 600 1200 1400 1200 1600 8000 4.0

8 Odontella mobiliensis 1400 - 1800 400 1000 1400 600 800 - 1000 8400 4.2

9 Odontella sinensis 400 1200 1600 - 1200 800 - 600 1400 1600 8800 4.4

10 Planktoniella sol - 400 400 1200 1000 1000 800 1200 1400 1600 9000 4.5

11 Rhizosolenia alata 800 - 400 1000 800 800 - 800 1000 - 5600 2.8

12 Rhizosolenia styliformis - 1000 1200 600 1400 - 1000 1000 600 1200 8000 4.0

13 Thalassiosira subtilis 600 400 - 200 600 - 1400 1000 1000 1200 6400 3.2

Order: Pennales

14 Asterionella sp. 1000 400 1800 - - 1200 600 400 1000 1200 7600 3.8

15 Bacillaria paradoxa - 1000 - 800 400 1200 1000 - 800 1600 6800 3.4

16 Nitzschia longissima 400 400 600 1000 800 800 1000 1000 - 800 6800 3.4

17 Navicula hennedyii 400 - 600 - 600 - 1200 - 1000 400 4200 2.1

18 Pleurosigma normanii 600 800 - 1000 - 400 - 600 1400 1400 6200 3.1

19 Pleurosigma directum 200 - 1000 - 1200 600 1400 1200 400 1800 7800 3.9

ACL INDOMER




Sl.

No. Genus/Species

Stations Total %


20 Thalassionema nitzschioides 1000 1200 1600 800 1000 400 400 600 1600 600 9200 4.6

21 Thalassiothrix frauenfeldii 400 - 600 600 600 400 400 800 - 1200 5000 2.5

Class: Dinophyceae (Dinoflagellates)

22 Ceratium lineatus 800 1200 600 400 - 400 600 1200 1400 1400 8000 4.0

23 Ceratium furca 600 1400 600 600 200 1600 600 800 400 600 7400 3.7

24 Ceratium macroceros 400 - 1000 1000 1000 - 800 600 1200 1200 7200 3.6

25 Ceratium tripos - 400 - 200 400 1000 400 600 400 1800 5200 2.6

26 Dinophysis caudata 800 600 600 600 1000 400 600 800 800 1200 7400 3.7

27 Peridinium depressum 200 - 400 - 400 600 600 1000 1400 600 5200 2.6

Class: Cyanophyceae

28 Trichodesmium erythraeum 800 1000 1800 1400 600 1000 1200 800 1000 1000 10600 5.3

Total 14200 15800 19600 16600 19200 17400 19600 22400 24400 29200 198400 100

No. of Species 23 20 22 23 23 21 24 26 24 25 - -

Note: * Bottle sample method

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.8. Zooplankton population (nos./100m3) of Kori creek - September 2018

Sl. No. Genus / Species Stations

Total % SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS6 SS7 SS8 SS9 SS10

Phylum: Protozoa

Order: Tintinnids (Ciliate groups)

1 Eutintinnus tenuis 4000 - 2439 - 2357 - 906 3803 - 3896 17401 1.8

2 Favella sp. 2667 1331 - 2667 2357 3312 1812 - 4449 2597 21192 2.2

3 Dictyocysta sp. 1333 - 1220 - - - - 2853 - - 5406 0.6

Phylum: Cnidaria

4 Diphysis sp. - 1331 1220 2667 - 2208 2717 - 1483 3896 15522 1.6

Phylum: Chaetognatha

5 Sagitta sp. 1333 2662 2439 - 4714 3312 - 1902 4449 2597 23408 2.5

Phylum: Annelida

Class: Polychaeta

6 Polychaete larvae 1333 - 2439 2667 - 3312 1812 - 2966 2597 17126 1.8

Phylum: Mollusca

7 Bivalve veliger 1333 - 1220 1333 - - 1812 - - 1299 6997 0.7

8 Gastropods veliger - 2662 - 1333 - - - 2853 4449 3896 15193 1.6

Phylum: Arthropoda / Class: Crustacea

Order: Copepoda

Sub-order: Calanoida

9 Acartia danae 6667 10646 10976 8000 11785 9937 8152 11410 14831 14286 106690 11.2

10 Acartia erythraea 5333 - 2439 1333 5892 5521 2717 2853 5932 7792 39812 4.2

11 Acartia spinicauda - 7985 1220 5333 - 2208 3623 2853 4449 6494 34165 3.6

12 Acrocalanus sp. 5333 6654 7317 - 4714 - 4529 3803 5932 2597 40879 4.3

13 Clausocalanus minor 1333 - 6098 4000 - 3312 - 2853 - 3896 21492 2.3

14 Calanopia minor - 3992 2439 2667 2357 - 4529 1902 - - 17886 1.9

15 Eucalanus sp. 4000 1331 - 5333 3535 2208 4529 3803 5932 2597 33268 3.5

16 Labidocera sp. - 5323 3659 - - 4416 2717 4754 2966 5195 29030 3.1

17 Labidocera acuta - 2662 - - 3535 3312 3623 - - - 13132 1.4

18 Paracalanus parvus 4000 3992 1220 6667 - 3312 2717 2853 7415 3896 36072 3.8

19 Pontella sp. 2667 - 4878 4000 2357 - 906 - - - 14808 1.6

ACL INDOMER




20 Temora discaudata 2667 3992 - 2667 1178 2208 - 4754 2966 3896 24328 2.6

21 Temora turbinata - 2662 3659 5333 2357 3312 - - - - 17323 1.8

22 Copepod nauplii 4000 - 4878 - 3535 - 2717 - 8898 2597 26625 2.8

Sub-order: Cyclopoida

23 Corycaeus catus 1333 - 3659 - 2357 3312 1812 2853 - - 15326 1.6

24 Corycaeus danae 2667 2662 2439 5333 3535 - 2717 3803 2966 5195 31317 3.3

25 Oncaea venusta - - 3659 4000 - 3312 1812 - - - 12783 1.3

26 Oithona brevicornis 1333 2662 - 5333 3535 3312 2717 4754 7415 2597 33658 3.5

27 Oithona sp. 4000 - 6098 2667 2357 3312 - 2853 - 2597 23884 2.5

28 Oithona similis - 3992 - - 2357 - 2717 - 7415 3896 20377 2.1

Sub-order: Harpacticoida

29 Euterpina acutifrons 2667 3992 - 5333 1178 4416 2717 1902 4449 5195 31849 3.4

30 Macrosetella sp. 1333 - 4878 - 3535 - 1812 2853 - 1299 15710 1.7

31 Microsetella sp. - 2662 - 4000 2357 2208 2717 - 2966 2597 19507 2.1

Other Crustaceans

32 Brachyuran zoeae 1333 2662 - - 2357 4416 - - 2966 - 13734 1.4

33 Crustacean nauplii 2667 1331 3659 5333 4714 3312 3623 2853 4449 6494 38435 4.0

34 Shrimp larvae 4000 - 7317 6667 - 5521 5435 7607 - - 36547 3.9

35 Lucifer sp. - 3992 2439 2667 3535 3312 906 2853 2966 3896 26566 2.8

Phylum: Chordata

36 Fish eggs 2667 - - 1333 - 3312 1812 - - 2597 11721 1.2

37 Fish larvae 1333 2662 - - - 2208 906 1902 2966 1299 13276 1.4

38 Oikopleura sp. 1333 2662 4878 2667 3535 4416 - 1902 1483 3896 26772 2.8

Total (nos./100m3) 74665 86504 98786 101333 86025 98259 81521 89384 117158 115582 949217 100

Biomass (ml/100m3) 25.0 39.9 22.9 45.7 47.1 50.5 45.3 44.4 55.1 59.4 - -

No. of Species 27 24 26 26 25 27 29 25 24 29 - -

ACL INDOMER




Table: 4.9. Subtidal and Intertidal benthic population (nos./m2) of Kori creek - September 2018

Sl. No. Groups Subtidal benthos Intertidal benthos

SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 SB5 SB6 SB7 SB8 SB9 SB10 IB1 IB2 IB3 IB4 IB5

Phylum: Annelida

Class: Polychaeta

1 Armandia sp. 40 40 40 40 80 240 120 80 - 80 45 60 - 60 -

2 Capitella sp. - - 120 - 160 80 160 - 120 - 45 - 30

3 Cossura sp. 80 - 80 - 80 80 80 - 80 80 90 - 105 105

4 Eunice sp. - 40 0 80 120 - 40 40 40 120 45 45 60 30 30

5 Glycera sp. - - 80 - - - 80 80 - - 30 - 120 - -

6 Notomastus sp. - 80 80 - 80 40 - - 80 - 150 - 45 45

7 Onuphis sp. - - 40 80 - 80 - 120 - 80 45 45 - - 15

8 Polydora sp. 40 80 - - 80 - 80 200 - 45 30 30 30 30

9 Prinospio sp. - 40 - 40 80 40 - 80 80 - 75 - 45 45 45

10 Unidentified polychaetes 40 80 40 80 80 40 - 120 - 160 90 30 - - -

Phylum: Mollusca

Class: Gastropoda

11 Cerithedia sp. - - - - - - - - - - - 15 105 - 45

12 Nassarius sp. 40 - 40 80 - - - 40 - 80 - 45 - 75 75

13 Oliva sp. - 40 80 - 40 40 120 - 120 - - - 45 - 45

14 Turbo coronatus - - 80 80 - 80 - - - 120 75 30 - 45 60

Class: Bivalvia

15 Donax cuneatus - 80 - 40 80 - 40 80 - - - - - 45

16 Paphia malabarica 40 40 80 - - - - 80 - 120 30 45 - 60 60

17 Unidentified Bivalves 80 - 80 - - 120 80 - - 60 30 - 75 75

Total 360 520 640 720 720 800 680 800 840 840 660 615 450 570 705

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.10. Bacterial population (nos.x103 CFU/ml) of Kori creek - September 2018

Media

Type of

Bacteria

Stations


Nut Agar TVC 4.98 5.05 4.99 5.21 5.13 5.11 4.74 5.35 4.92 5.32

Mac Agar TC 0.57 0.54 0.53 0.55 0.59 0.57 0.61 0.56 0.51 0.58

Mac Agar FC 0.17 0.16 0.15 0.27 0.23 0.19 0.22 0.20 0.23 0.21

Mac Agar ECLO 0.51 0.53 0.51 0.50 0.55 0.56 0.48 0.50 0.52 0.54

XLD Agar SHLO 0.09 0.08 0.46 0.08 0.09 0.13 0.11 0.15 0.13 0.11

XLD Agar PKLO 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.03 0.05

TCBS Agar VLO 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.21 0.28 0.26 0.21 0.25 0.27 0.22

TCBS Agar VPLO 0.19 0.18 0.12 0.24 0.19 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.20 0.24

TCBS Agar VCLO 0.06 0.05 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.07

CET Agar PALO 0.03 0.02 - - 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.01 - - - Not Detectable

TVC -Total Viable Counts; TC- Total Coliforms; FC – Faecal Coliforms; ECLO - Escherichia coli like organisms; SHLO - Shigella like organisms; PKLO - Proteus klebsiella like organisms; VLO - Vibrio like organisms; VPLO - Vibrio parahaemolyticus like

organisms; VCLO - Vibrio cholerae like organisms; PALO - Pseudomonas aeruginosa like organisms.

Table 4.11. Bacterial population in seabed sediment (nos.x104 CFU/g) of Kori creek -

September 2018

Media Type of

Bacteria

Stations

SB1 SB2 SB3 SB4 SB5 SB6 SB7 SB8 SB9 SB10

Nut Agar TVC 5.36 5.25 5.28 5.27 5.46 5.45 5.63 5.40 5.42 5.38

Mac Agar TC 0.65 0.62 0.60 0.60 0.57 0.59 0.62 0.61 0.62 0.58

Mac Agar FC 0.23 0.21 0.24 0.18 0.20 0.23 0.20 0.24 0.25 0.27

Mac Agar ECLO 0.51 0.49 0.53 0.51 0.53 0.49 0.52 0.56 0.50 0.51

XLD Agar SHLO 0.08 0.07 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.07

XLD Agar PKLO 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.05 0.07 0.06 0.07

TCBS Agar VLO 0.24 0.26 0.23 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.24 0.27 0.22 0.24

TCBS Agar VPLO 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.22 0.21 0.24 0.25 0.27

TCBS Agar VCLO 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.08 0.07

CET Agar PALO 0.03 0.02 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.03

- Not Detectable

TVC -Total Viable Counts; TC- Total Coliforms; FC – Faecal Coliforms; ECLO - Escherichia coli like organisms; SHLO - Shigella like organisms; PKLO - Proteus klebsiella like organisms; VLO - Vibrio like organisms; VPLO - Vibrio parahaemolyticus like

organisms; VCLO - Vibrio cholerae like organisms; PALO - Pseudomonas aeruginosa like organisms.

ACL INDOMER




Table 4.12. List of Bird species sighted and reported from the study area

Sl.

No. Family List of Species

Common

name Remarks

1 ANATIDAE Anas crecca Linnaeus, 1758

Common teal* It is a common and widespread duck,

breeds in temperate regions and

migrates to south in winter.

2 LARIDAE Anous stolldes plleatus (Linnaeous,

1758)

Common

noody*

It is a seabird and they are the

largest of the noddies.

3 ARDEIDAE Ardea cinerea Linnaeus, 1758

Grey Heron* It is a long-legged predatory wading

bird native throughout temperate

and Asia. A bird of wetland areas, it

can be seen around sea coast.

4 ARDEIDAE Ardeola grayii (Sykes, 1832)

Indian Pond

heron*

They are very common in India and

are usually solitary foragers but

numbers of them may sometimes

feed in close proximity during the dry

seasons.

6 SCOLOPACIDAE Arnaria interpres Linnaeus, 1758

Ruddy

turnstone

The ruddy turnstone breeds in

northern latitudes, usually no more

than a few kilometres from the sea.

7 ARDEIDAE Bubulcus ibis (Linnaeus, 1758)

Cattle egret* Some populations of cattle egrets

are migratory, others are dispersive,

and distinguishing between the two

can be difficult for this species.

8 BURHINIDAE Burhinus oedicnemus (Linnaeus, 1758)

Eurasian stone

curlew*

Despite being classed as a wader,

this species prefers dry open habitats

with some bare ground.

9 ARDEIDAE Butorides striatus (Linnaeus, 1758)

Striated Heron Widespread and generally common,

the striated heron is classified as a

species of least concern by the IUCN.

10 SCOLOPACIDAE Calidris minuta (Leisler, 1812)

Little stint* The little stint (Calidris minuta) (or

Erolia minuta), is a very small wader.

It breeds in Asia and is wintering

south Asia.

11 CHARADRIIDAE Charadrius alexandrines Linnaeus, 1758

Kentish plover It is a small cosmopolitan shore bird

that breeds on the shores of saline

lakes, lagoons, and coasts,

populating sand dunes, marshes,

semi-arid desert, and tundra.

12 CHARADRIIDAE Charadrius leschenaultia (Linnaeus, 1758)

Greater sand

plover*

It is a small wader in the plover

family of birds.

13 CHARADRIIDAE Charadrius mongolus

Lesser sand

plover*

It breeds above the tree line in the

Himalayas and coastal plains in north

– eastern Siberia, it has also bred in

Alaska. It nests in a bare ground

scrape, laying three eggs. This

species is strongly migratory,

wintering on sandy beaches in east

Africa, south Asia and Australasia.

ACL INDOMER




Sl.


Common

name Remarks

14 ACCIPITRIDAE Circus macrourus S G

Gmelin, 1770

Pallid harrier It breeds in southern parts of Central

Asia and winters mainly in India and

southeast Asia. IUCN Near

Threatened bird.

15 CORACIIDAE Coracias bengalensis

(Linnaeus, 1758)

Indian roller* It is not migratory but undertakes

some seasonal movements. The

largest population occurs in India

16 CORVIDAE Corvus splendens

Vieillot, 1817

House crow* The nominate race C. s. splendens is

found in Pakistan, India, Nepal and

Bangladesh and has a grey neck

collar.

17 HIRUNDINIDAE Delichion urbicum (Linnaeus, 1758)

Common

house martin

The common house martin, is a

migratory passerine bird which

breeds in Europe, Africa and tropical

Asia

18 Dromas ardeola Paykull, 1805

Crab plover* It is resident on the coasts and

islands, where it feeds on crabs and

other small animals. They are

gregarious and will feed in large

groups, at night and during dawn

and dusk as well as during the day.

19 ARDEIDAE Egretta gularis (Bosc, 1792)

Western reef

heron

It occurs mainly on the coasts eat

fish, crustaceans and molluscs.

20 Elanus caeruleus (Desfontaines,

1789)

Black winged

kite*

The black-winged kite breeds at

different times of the year across its

range. Although nesting has been

noted throughout the year in India,

they appear not to breed in April and

May

21 ACCIPITRIDAE Haliatus leucogaster

White bellied

sea eagle*

They are a common sight in coastal

areas but may also be seen well

inland. The white-bellied sea eagle

may travel long distances.

22 LARIDAE Larus fuscus

Linnaeus, 1758

Lesser black

backed gull

They are omnivores like most Larus

gulls, and they will eat fish,

crustaceans, starfish, molluscs and

small birds.

23 SCOLOPACIDAE Limosa lapponica

(Linnaeus, 1758

Bar tailed

godwit*

It forages by probing in mudflats or

marshes. It may find insects by sight

in short vegetation. It eats mainly

insects and crustaceans, but also

parts of aquatic plants.

24 SCOLOPACIDAE Numenius arquata

(Linnaeus, 1758)

Eurasian

curlew*

The curlew exists as a migratory

species over most of its range,

wintering in Asia.

25 SCOLOPACIDAE Numenius phaeopus

(Linnaeus, 1758)

Whimbrel* This species feeds by probing soft

mud for small invertebrates and by

picking small crabs and similar prey

off the surface.

ACL INDOMER




Sl.


Common

name Remarks

26 OCEANITIDAE Oceanites oceanicus Kuhl,

1820

Wilsons storm

petrel

This species breeds on the Antarctic

coastlines and nearby islands during

the summer. It spends the rest of the

year at sea and moves into the

northern oceans in winter.

27 PANDIONIDAE Pandion haliaetus (Linnaeus, 1758

Osprey* The osprey breeds near freshwater

lakes and rivers, and sometimes on

coastal brackish waters. Rocky

outcrops are used.

28 CHARADRIIIDAE Pluvialis fulva (Gmelin, 1789)

Pacific golden

plover

It is migratory and forages for food

on tundra, fields, beaches and tidal

flats, usually by sight. It eats insects

and crustaceans.

29 CHARADRIIDAE Pluvialis squatarola (Linnaeus, 1758)

Grey plover They forage for food on beaches and

tidal flats, usually by sight. The food

consists of small molluscs,

polychaete worms, crustaceans, and

insects.

30 LARIDAE Sterna anaethetus Scopoli, 1786

Bridled tern This species breeds in colonies on

rocky islands. It nests in a ground

scrape or hole and lays one egg. It

feeds by plunge-diving for fish in

marine environments but will also

pick from the surface.

31 LARIDAE Sterna bengalensis (Lesson, 1831)

Lesser crested

tern*

This species breeds in dense colonies

on coasts and islands.

32 LARIDAE Sterna bergii vefoz

Greater

crested tern

Largest, heaviest, darkest and

longest-billed subspecies.

33 LARIDAE Sterna fuscata nubilosa (Linnaeus) 1766)

Sooty tern This bird is migratory and dispersive,

wintering more widely through the

tropical oceans.

34 SCOLOPACIDAE Actitis hypoleucos (Linnaeus, 1758)

Common sand

piper*

It is a gregarious bird and is seen in

large flocks, and has the distinctive

stiff-winged flight, low over the

water. The common sandpiper

breeds across temperate and Asia

and migrates to southern Asia.

35 PHOENICOPTERIDAE Phoenicopterus roseus Pallas,

1811

Greater

flamingo*

The bird resides inmudflats and

shallow coastal lagoons with salt

water. Using its feet, the bird stirs up

the mud, then sucks water through

its bill and filters out small shrimp,

seeds, blue-green algae, microscopic

organisms, and molluscs.

36 POENICOPTERIDAE Phoeniconaias minor Geoffroy

Saint Hilarie,

1798

Lesser

flamingo*

IUCN near threatened bird. The

species also breeds in southwestern

and southern Asia. Despite being the

most numerous, it is classified as

near threatened due to its declining

population.

ACL INDOMER




Sl.


Common

name Remarks

37 CICONIIDAE Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus

(Latham, 1790)

Black necked

stork*

In India, the species is widespread in

the west, central highlands, and

northern Gangetic plains. IUCN near

threatened bird. Small numbers are

seen in Indian coastal wetland

habitats, including in mangrove

creeks and marshes.

38 THRESKIORNITHIDAE Platalea leucorodia Linnaeus, 1750

Eurasian

Spoonbill*

Common and local migrant. Found in

shallow coastal areas. Commonly

seen in large numbers in Narayan

Sarovar.

39 CHARADRIIDAE Pluvialis fulva

(Gmelin, 1789)

Pacific Golden

Plover*

Sightings from coastal areas of

Jamnagar and Kachchh also. Rare in

Gujarat.

40 SCOLOPACIDAE Phalaropus lobatus

(Linnaeus, 1758)

Red-necked

Phalarope

Uncommon winter migrant. Regular

sightings from Salt Pans and

Kachchh. Rare

41 SCOLOPACIDAE Xenus cinereus

(Guldenstadt,

1775)

Terek

Sandpiper

Uncommon winter visitor. Mainly

coastal. Sightings from in Kachchh.

Rare.

42 SCOLOPACIDAE Calidris tenuirostris

Horsfield, 1821

Great Knot* Uncommon. Sightings from Kachchh.

Not seen in large numbers.

43 SCOLOPACIDAE Calidris alba

(Palas, 1764)

Sanderling Common. Mainly coastal areas.

Sightings from Kachchh coastline.

44 SCOLOPACIDAE Calidris ferruginea (Pontoppidan,

1763)

Curlew

Sandpiper*

Common winter visitor. Mainly

coastal areas. Common in Kachchh

coastline.

45 SCOLOPACIDAE Calidris alpine (Linnaeus, 1758)

Dunlin Common winter visitor. Mainly

coastal areas. Common in Jamnagar.

Sightings from Saurashtra and

Kachchh coastline. Rare in Gujarat.

46 SCOLOPACIDAE Limicola falcinellus(Pont

oppidan, 1763)

Broad-billed

Sandpiper

Uncommon. Rare. Mainly coastal

areas. Common in Kachchh coastline.

47 LARIDAE Larus cachinnans Pallas, 1811

Caspian Gull Rare. Sighted in coastal areas of

Kachchh. Only a few confirmed

records

48 LARIDAE Larus heuglini heuglini Bree,

1876

Heuglin's Gull Common. Common in coastal areas

of Kachchh.

40 LARIDAE Larus (heuglini) barabensis

Steppe Gull Common. Coastal areas of Kachchh.

50 LARIDAE Larus canus Linnaeus, 1758

Mew Gull Recently reported from Kachchh.

Occurring in the coastal areas of

Kachchh.

51 LARIDAE Chroicocephalus genei (Breme,

1839)

Slender-billed

Gull*

Common and winter migrant. Largely

coastal and seen in Kachchh coast.

ACL INDOMER




Sl.


Common

name Remarks

52 LARIDAE Hydrocoloeus minutus

(Pallas, 1776)

Little Gull Vagrant. Very few sightings Kachchh

coastal areas.

53 LARIDAE Gelochelidon nilotica (Gmelin, 1789)

Gull-billed

Tern

Common visitor. sighted in coastal

areas of Kachchh. Common.

54 LARIDAE Hydroprogne caspia (Pallas,

1770)

Caspian Tern* Common. Resident. Also winter

migrant. sighted in coastal areas of

Kachchh. Breeds in in Gulf of

Kachchh.

55 LARIDAE Thalasseus sandvicensis (Latham, 1787)

Sandwich Tern Uncommon winter visitor. Sighted

from some coastal areas of Kachchh.

Rare.

56 LARIDAE Sterna aurantia (J.E. Gray, 1831)

River Tern Common resident. Sighted in

Kachchh.

57 LARIDAE Sterna hirundo

Linnaeus, 1758

Common

Tern*

Uncommon winter visitor. Sightings

from Kachchh.

58 LARIDAE Sternula saundersi (Hume, 1877)

Saunders's

Tern

Uncommon monsoon breeding

migrant. Sightings from Kachchh.

Rare.

59 SCOLOPACIDAE Calidris pygmeus

(Linnaeus, 1758)

Spoon‐billed

Sandpiper*

IUCN - Critically Endangered bird

and a migratory Bird. Its feeding

style consists of a side-to-side

movement of the bill as the bird

walks forward with its head down.

60 ANATIDAE Anas falcataI (Georgi, 1775)

Falcated duck IUCN Near threatened bird. The

falcated duck requires coastal

wetlands for its survival.

61 CICONIIDAE Mycteria leucocephala

(Pennant, 1769)

Painted* Stork IUCN Near threatened bird. They

are resident in most regions but

make seasonal movements.

62 THERESKIORNITHIDAE Threskiornis melanocephalus

(Latham, 1790)

Black‐headed

Ibis*

IUCN Near threatened bird. The

black-headed ibis is very versatile

being able to use a large variety of

natural and man-made habitats.

63 PELICANIDAE Pelecanus philippensis

Gemelin, 1789

Spot‐billed

Pelican

IUCN Near threatened bird.

420000 mX 440000 mX 460000 mX 480000 mX

2600000 m

Y2620000 m

Y2640000 m

Y

23°40' N

68°20' E 68°40' E

N

NE

SE

NW

SW

S

EW

SPHEROID - WGS 84

ZONE - 42

K

O

R

I

C

R

E

E

K

C1

FIG. 4.1. CURRENT MEASUREMENT LOCATION MAP

68°30' E 68°50' E

C1

CURRENT MEASUREMENT LOCATION

457105 mX ; 2626297 mY

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4

DATE

0

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

CU

RR

EN

T S

PE

ED

(M

/S)

0

90

180

270

360

CU

RR

EN

T D

IRE

CTI

ON

(D

eg)

Water depth - 12mMeasurement depth - 1 m

FIG. 4.2. VARIATION OF CURRENT SPEED AND DIRECTION AT PROJECT SITE

Location in UTM: X : 0457105 m ; Y : 2626297 m

OCTOBER 2018SEPTEMBER 2018

FIG. 4.3. BATHYMETRY MAP OF PROJECT SITE

(source: Adani Cementation Limited)

420000 mX 440000 mX 460000 mX 480000 mX

26

00

00

0 m

Y2

62

00

00

m

Y2

64

00

00

m

Y

23

°4

0' N

68°20' E 68°40' E

N

NE

SE

NW

SW

S

EW

SPHEROID - WGS 84

ZONE - 42

K

O

R

I

C

R

E

E

K

SS10

SS1

SS2

SS3

SS8

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS9

IB1

IB2

IB3

IB4

IB5

FIG. 4.4. SEAWATER, SEABED SEDIMENT AND BIOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

68°30' E 68°50' E

ARABIAN SEA

!

!!

!

!

Kanoj

KoriyaniKapurashi

Chher Moti Fishing Village

Narayan Sarovar Fishing Village

69°0'E

69°0'E

68°50'E

68°50'E

68°40'E

68°40'E

68°30'E

68°30'E23

°40'N

23°40

'N

23°30

'N

23°30

'N

LegendBerthing JettyLime Stone Mine

Cement PlantConveyor Belt

Conveyor BeltNarayan Sarovar Wildlife Sactuary Boundary

Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sactuary Eco Sensitive Zone

FIG. 4.5. BOUNDARY OF NARAYAN SAROVAR WILDLIFE SANCTUARY AND ECO SENSITIVE ZONE Source: Ministry of Environment and Forest Notification on Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary (31st may 2012)

Kori Creek

2 km

5 km

10 km

:

ACL INDOMER




5. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGTION MEASURES

The construction and operation phase of the proposed project comprises of various activities,

each of which may have an impact on the marine and surrounding environment. The anticipated

impacts and mitigation measures due to the project activities during construction and operation

phases are discussed. Some of the impacts are temporary and localized and some impacts have

permanent effect. The impacts have been assessed for the proposed marine activities assuming

that the pollution due to existing activities and nearby sources has already been covered under

baseline environment monitoring.

The project activities planned on marine environment mainly includes construction of berthing

jetty and associated facilities, construction of rock bund, desalination plant intake and outfall.

Due to construction and operation of aforesaid facilities the impacts are anticipated on marine

environment. The impacts during construction are expected on marine environment from

activities such as piling, rock bund construction, construction of intake well and laying of outfall

pipeline, and dredging. Various impacts during the construction and operation phase of the

project on marine environment have been identified and the mitigation measures are suggested.

5.1. Identification of Impacts

Impacts are identified with respect to two stages of the project. They are

a) Construction phase

b) Operation phase

a. Construction Phase

Construction phase implies construction activities in the sea (berthing jetty and rock bund),

dredging, disposal of dredged materials, and transport of construction materials.

During construction period the impact on environment will be of short term, temporary and

localized. Period of disturbance to marine community due to construction of berthing jetty and

installation of intake and outfall pipeline will limit to construction phase.

b. Operation Phase

Port operation includes ship-related factors such as vessel traffic, ship discharges, spills and

leakage from ships and cargo-related factors such as cargo handling and storage, handling

equipment and desalination plant discharges.

Due to operation of berthing jetty and associated facilities and outfall discharge, marine

environment in and around the proposed facilities will be disturbed. Since the area is not rich in

plankton, benthos and do not have Protected Areas (PA) such as marine national park and marine

sanctuary rather than wide tidal flats (Environmentally Sensitive Area) it is expected that with time

the habitat will get adjusted to the environment.

ACL INDOMER




5.2. Prediction of Impacts

Identification of the impacts associated with proposed activities provides anticipated impact on

the environment, prediction of impact will give the extent to which these conditions can alter the

baseline environment conditions. Based on such predictions, appropriate site-specific mitigation

measures have to be drawn up in order to minimize the negative impact on the environment.

Referring to the proposed development and the measured baseline data, the different impacts

are analyzed and presented below. Environmental impact matrix for the construction and

operational phase of the project is also presented below.

5.3. Proposed Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures are suggested based on the identification and prediction of impacts.

Mathematical modelling study has been conducted to predict the impact on the marine

environment due to construction and operation of berthing Jetty. Detailed chart showing activity

and impacts is presented below.

ACL INDOMER




.

Flow chart showing significant activities and impacts assessed

Impact on seawater quality

Impact on seabed sediment

quality

Impact on Plankton

Impact on Benthos

Impact on Fish and

Fisheries

Impact on Mangroves

Impact on Turtles

Impact on Marine mammals

Impact on Coastal vegetation

Impact on Seaweeds and

Seagrass

Impact on wildlife sanctuary

Construction Phase

Operation

Phase

Construction

Phase

Operation

Phase

construction of Pile

foundation

construction of Berthing

Jetty

construction of

Superstructures/Rock bund

Material handling and

transportation

Dredging and reclamation

Intake well and Laying

of outfall pipeline

Brine Discharge

Seawater intake and

outfall diffuser

Conveyor belt operation

Operation of captive port

Installation of Conveyor belt

operation

Waste discharge/Oil spill

Environmental

Impacts

Berthing Jetty

Desalination Plant

Impact on Coastal Processes

and Morphology

ACL INDOMER




Environmental Impact matrix for construction and Operational phase

Environmental

Parameters

Activity

Construction phase Operation phase

Construction

of berthing

jetty and

associated

facilities

Intake

well and

outfall

pipeline

Material

handling and

transportation

Dredging

Operation of captive

port

(Loading/unloading

operation)

Brine

discharge

Material

handling and

transportation

Operation of

conveyor belt

Solid waste

discharge/Oil

spill

Industrial

operation

Physical

Seawater quality Seabed sediment

quality

Biological Plankton Benthos Mangroves Seagrass and

seaweeds

Coastal vegetation Turtles Marine Mammals Fish and Fisheries Endangered species Coral reefs MNP Park and

Marine Sanctuary

Wild life sanctuary

Significance of Impact High Low

Medium No Impact

ACL INDOMER




5.3.1. Captive Jetty


i) Construction of berthing jetty with approach trestle

It is proposed to place the jetty at (-) 6 m CD with approach trestle connecting rock bund to jetty.

The length of approach trestle is about 498 m. Jetty location is connected to the main land with a

sand bar that get exposed during low tide. Number of small creeks are present in the intertidal

area of project site through which seawater flows into the tidal flats during high tide. It is

proposed to place the top deck at (+) 7 m CD.

Piling will be required for the construction of berthing Jetty. The piles will be initially erected into

the sea floor upto depth where hard stratum is available. The soil inside the pile will be dredged

off and the same portion will be refilled with R.C.C concrete. Concrete mixing and construction

debris in the marine environment are envisaged during the construction activity. Due to

construction of berthing Jetty impact on following environmental parameters are anticipated:

• Seawater quality

• Seabed sediments

• Plankton

• Benthos

• Fishes

Impact on Seawater and Seabed sediments: Resuspension of sediments in water leads to an

increase in the level of suspended solids and concentration of organic matter, possibly to toxic or

harmful levels. This will cause temporary impact to seawater quality near proposed berthing jetty

location. Contaminated bottom sediments (contained with heavy metal concentration) may lead

to significant impact to seawater quality during dredging, piling etc. However, baseline data

suggests that there is no heavy metal concentration build up in the seabed sediments.

Impact on benthos: Piling and other water side construction will cause loss/displacement to

bottom habitat and its associated animal and plant life. Foot print on bottom habitat and

associated life will be limited to area of piling. The turbidity induced during driving of piles will

also have impact on the community structure and distribution of other marine life. However, the

bottom will readily be recolonized by replacement of benthic organisms within few seasons.

Fishes: One of the major impacts of pile driving operations on the marine organisms especially

on fishes is the underwater sound pressure waves generated during hammering of the piles. Pile

driving may result in 'agitation' of fish indicated by a change in swimming behaviour. For some

species like sea turtles, the pile driving operations may result in a disruption in their migratory

pattern.

The various factors which are known to influence the impact on fish are: (i) size and force of

hammer strike; (ii) distance from the pile; (iii) depth of the water around the pile; (iv) depth at

which fish swim in water column; (v) entrapped air in the water; (vi) oscillation of water level, (vii)

geological composition of seabed, (viii) size of the fish; (ix) species of the fish; (x) presence of

swim bladder; (xi) physical condition of the fish and (xii) effectiveness of sound/pressure

ACL INDOMER




attenuation technology used to minimize the impacts.

Since the sediment texture is mainly comprised of fine sand, the noise due to piling is expected

to be low. As the baseline data suggests there is limited commercial fishing and there are no

turtles and marine mammals observed within the project site, the impact of piling is expected to

be limited to benthos. These animals will usually return to the area once the disturbance ceases.

Plankton: The proposed project activity like piling may not have any direct bearing on plankton. It

is expected that the plankton will drift away from the disturbed area leading to minimal loss to

plankton. Further, compared to the abundance of the plankton in the site, the loss will be

moderate and temporary.

Impact on free flow of water: Berthing jetty will be constructed over Pile structures. Construction

of a pile causes interference in the flow of stream, which changes the flow pattern at obstruction.

The flow around the pile is complex as the stream flow approaches the pile, adverse gradient

caused by the pile drives a portion of the approach flow downwards just ahead of the pier.

Openings between the piles should be sufficient enough which can reduce the resistant to water

flow and subsequently limit the obstruction to water flow/scouring. It is anticipated that piles

designed for berthing jetty will offer continuous flow water without any obstruction.

Mathematical modelling study has been conducted to evaluate the impact of solid rock bund and

detached bund on free flow of water. Details are given in Chapter 3.

ii) Construction of piling supported structures

Piling installation will disturb the bottom beneath the proposed structure, destroying some of the

bottom habitat and temporarily displacing the mobile bottom animals and local fisheries. In

addition, the structure when completed with decking, will shade the area underneath and

possibly diminish survival by attached algae and other aquatic plants leading to condition of

eutrophication.

Mitigation Measures

Appropriate selection of pile driving equipment.

Clean and efficient construction technique.

Proper lubrication of pile driving machinery will ensure less noise.

The construction schedule should be strictly followed and no over runs should be

ensured. Reducing the construction time with efficient techniques will recue the period of

impact.

The scrap and waste construction materials should not be disposed into the seawater and

intertidal area.

Brief the workers and contractors on the importance of coastal environment to restrict the

unwanted damage.

iii) Construction of Rock bund connecting landside towards jetty

Rock bund of length 2815 m is proposed from land side of facilities till approach trestle. Rock

bund with culvert is proposed till (–) 2 m contour. Rock bund will have two basic components,

ACL INDOMER




core portion of lighter rocks/locally available material followed by heavier armour rock layers. It is

planned to provide 2 m diameter culvert for every 20 m of Rock bund.

Obstruction to seawater flow: Long bund from mainland connecting the approach trestle will

obstruct the seawater flow through small creeks present at site during high tide. This will directly

affect the intertidal benthos due to physical loss of tidal exchange/water area.

Impact on free flow of water: Number of small creeks are present at project site, which ensures

tidal exchange between Kori creek and wide tidal flats. Continuous rock bund passing through

these channels will prevent the free flow of water, and also will result in loss of water area. Rock

bund with pipe culverts is proposed to prevent obstruction to water flow, hence no significant

impact on free flow of water is anticipated due to rock bund construction.

Impact on water quality and marine & coastal ecology: Construction of road bund in tidal flats

will have minimal impact on the intertidal benthos. Intertidal benthos and marine community in

the entire proposed rock bund area will get affected during the construction phase.

The impact is expected to be short term and limited to construction period. Recolonization of

marine community is expected to take place within 4 weeks to 18 months as bund with causeway

will offer continuous supply of seawater to tidal flats of project site.

Mitigation Measures

Controlled and efficient construction technique shall be ensured to limit the impact.

No impact to free flow of seawater at project site is anticipated, since construction of rock

bund with pipe culvert will ensure continuous flow of water to tidal flats through small

channels.

No construction waste shall be disposed off at sea/tidal flats. Construction waste shall be

used for reclamation of land or it should be used for integrated works.

No construction materials shall be stored in the intertidal area, Sediment fencing and

covering with tarpaulin shall be provided to control material runoff during rainstorms.

Brief the workers and contractors on the importance of coastal environment to restrict

impact to construction corridor.

Modelling study show that construction of bund with culverts will enable flow of seawater on

either side of the bund. Impact due to construction will be short term, faster recolonization of

benthos is anticipated due to continuously supply of seawater.

iv) Material Handling Operations

No major impact on marine environment is anticipated since the material handling operations

will be carried out through land. However, it is suggested that construction materials should be

placed at locations away from intertidal flats during rock bund and berthing jetty construction to

avoid runoff of construction materials into Kori creek. Also, no construction waste and debris

shall be disposed into Kori creek.

ACL INDOMER




v) Dredging and disposal of dredged material

Proposed berthing jetty location has depth of about 6 m CD. Bathymetric survey depicts that the

proposed navigational channel has adequate depth to operate proposed barge sizes. Hence

dredging is not anticipated. However, if necessity arises, to be on the safer side both capital

(deepening of pockets if any) and maintenance dredging will be carried out.

The dredging effects include: (i) entrainment and removal of organisms, (ii) increased turbidity at

the dredging site, (iii) organic matter enrichment, (iv) impact on fishes and (v) altered bathymetry.

Entrainment and Removal of organisms: During dredging operations, the extraction of bottom

sediments will directly lead to the removal of benthic organism living on the seabed. Some deep

burrowing animals or mobile surface animals may survive a dredging operation through

avoidance, dredging may initially result in the complete removal of organism from the dredging

site.

The recovery of disturbed habitats following the dredging activity ultimately depends upon the

nature of the new sediments reaching the dredged site, sources and types of recolonizing

animals and the extent of disturbance. In soft sediment environment, the recovery of animal

communities generally occurs relatively quick. From the rates of recovery of the benthic fauna

following dredging in various habitats in coastal areas, it is reported that recolonization of

benthic fauna was observed within 4 weeks to 18 months in mud substratum, while it took 1 to

>2 years in sandy/gravel substratum. (*Newell et al, 1998). Also, due to development turbidity

close to dredging location, removal/disturbance to plankton is also anticipated.

Increased turbidity at the dredging site: Increase in turbidity results in decrease of light

penetration in water column which may eventually affect the mass of phytoplankton.

In most cases, sediment re-suspension is likely to cause problem only if it is carried out of the

dredging location by currents. In general, the effects of suspended sediments and turbidity are

confined to short term for less than a week on completion of dredging and limited to a region of

about a kilometer from the dredging location.

Organic matter enrichment: Release of organic rich sediments during dredging can result in

localized removal of oxygen from water. Depending on the location and timing of the dredging,

this may lead to the suffocation of marine animals and plants within the localized area or may

deter migratory fish or mammals from passing through. However, it is important to stress that

the removal of oxygen from water is only temporary, as tidal exchange would quickly replenish

the oxygen supply. Therefore, in most cases where dredging is taking place, this localized

removal of oxygen has minimal effect on marine life.

Fishes: Introduction of turbidity will cause disturbance to fish due to dredging and disposal. The

impact is temporary and reversible in nature. The fishes move away from the disturbed area.

Altered Bathymetry: Deepening of navigation channel and berth construction can create change

in tidal flow. Mathematical modelling studies on hydrodynamics of navigational channel,

anchorage point and berthing jetty is conducted to understand hydrodynamics of Kori creek

along with oceanographic measurements.

ACL INDOMER




Mitigation Measures

The following mitigation measures were suggested for dredging and dredge disposal location.

• Appropriate dredger and dredging & disposal method should be selected to minimize

the impact.

• The net enclosures with booms may be placed around the dredging area in order to

control the spread of the turbid plume.

• For the proposed reclamation of site to about (+) 7 m CD dredged material shall be made

use of if found possible.

• Selection of suitable dredge disposal locations.

• To minimize the impacts of dredging and disposal, proper timings have to be selected i.e.

(i) selection of most favourable points in the tidal cycle to limit the extent of effects (ii)

avoiding sensitive periods /breeding season for fishes and marine animals.

• Schedule for dredging shall be prepared and list of DO(s) and DO NOT(s) shall be

circulated among the people involved in construction activities.

• Post dredging monitoring program shall be carried out to assess effect of dredging and

disposal on marine ecology.

• The turbidity induced during the dredging can be minimized using controlled dredging

techniques using appropriate cuter suction dredgers.

Selection of dredge disposal location:

• The selection of dumping ground should be such that the dredged material disposed at

the dumping ground should not come back into the port channel.

• The material shall be disposed off evenly spread at the dumping ground to see that the

depths should not get reduced unevenly.

• Mathematical modelling study shall be carried out to find out dredge disposal location

and change in bed level due to dumping.

• Dredge spoil disposal sites should be selected on the basis of no interference with

navigation.

• Dredged material shall be tested for heavy metals, Petroleum hydrocarbons etc., for

contamination.

b. Operation Phase

Shipping/Transport of Cargoes

Transport of Cargoes such as Cement, Clinker, Limestone, Fly ash etc. by sea will generally have

impacts on the marine environment due to following activities.

• Ship Discharges - Oily Ballast, Bilge Water, Sewage/Solid waste

• Accidental oil spill from ship

• Dry cargo releases

ACL INDOMER




i) Ship Discharges - Oily Ballast, Bilge Water, Sewage/Solid waste

The main coastal going vessels (40,000 DWT to 60,000 DWT) will be handled in the deep sea at

anchorage point located 60 km to proposed berthing jetty. From the mother vessels using

barges, cargoes will be imported to the berthing jetty.

Continuous operation of these vessels can generate discharges such as oily ballast, bilge water

and sewage. Discharges and spills of these wastes can cause problems such as oil pollution,

floating garbage, unsanitary conditions, Odour and degradation of water quality.

Mitigation Measures

Appropriate regulations on ship discharges and provision of reception facilities are indispensable

for proper control of effluent from ships.

International Convention on Ballast Water Management: India has introduced Merchant Shipping

(Amendment) Bill, 2015 on 29 April 2015 and approved accession to the International Convention

for the Control and Management of Ship's Ballast Water and Sediments, 2004 (Ballast Water

Management Convention) of International Maritime Organization (IMO). India is signatory of the

convention.

The Convention requires all new ships to implement an approved Ballast Water and Sediments

Management Plan. All new ships will also have to carry a ballast water record book and follow

ballast water management procedures to a given standard.

Indian ships of 400 Gross Tonnage (GT) and above on international voyages are required to

possess an International Ballast Water Management Certificate. Indian ships below 400 GT plying within the territorial waters of India shall be issued an Indian Ballast Water Management Certificate. Ships which are not designed/constructed to carry ballast water, warships, naval auxiliary or other government-owned non-commercial ships are exempted.

Port Reception Facilities

Port should provide sufficient reception facilities to receive residues and oily mixtures generated

from ship operations according to latest provisions. Besides oily residues, reception of sewage

and garbage is also required.

Adequate reception facilities will be made based on amount of waste likely to be generated.

Emphasis will be given to separation and reduction of waste. Waste collection bin will be

provided for collection of both Solid and Hazardous waste. The collected waste will be

transported and disposed of in accordance with regulations

Ship under operation should have Indian Management Ballast Water Certificate. Every effort

should be made to prevent discharges of untreated sewage from ships. Closable skips can be

provided at the berths to collect garbage from barges.

ACL INDOMER




ii) Accidental oil spill from ship

Operational spillages from vessels in ports can be prevented by regulations supported by an

effective enforcement program and provision of adequate reception facilities for ship generated

wastes. Accidental spills can and do occur owing to marine casualties, failure of equipment or

improper operating procedures during cargo transfer.

Some of the potential effects of oil pollution are as follows:

Marine animals and plants tend to be tolerant to low level concentrations of oil in sediments

from chronic or small discharges, however this is not always the case.

• Prolonged exposure to major or minor oil spills can lead to mass mortality of plankton,

benthic communities, fish, mammals and birds.

• Contamination of sediments with oil may modify chemical, physical and biological

processes.

• Contaminants can be trapped in the sediments and later released as a result of

disturbance such as erosion or dredging.

• In sediments, as it is organic, oil will be broken down relatively quickly by microorganisms

which may result in the localized removal of oxygen from the sediments and surrounding

water with possible effects on marine life.

• The persistent toxic constituents of oil, such as heavy metals, can become stored in the

sediments, and taken up into the food chain. This will have devastating effect on the

ecosystem.

• The breakdown of oil tends to be slowest in intertidal areas, which leads to the highest

concentration and longest residence times.

Mitigation Measures

• Identification of areas within the port that are sensitive to spillages.

• Emergency contingency plan should be prepared clearly outlining authority and

responsibility for dealing with oil spills.

• A detailed oil spill contingency plan is prepared separately and given in Chapter 7.

• Reporting and alerting mechanisms must be established to ensure that any spillage is

promptly reported, and those personnel involved are informed in order to take

appropriate action.

• Specialized oil spill response equipment should be available in the port to deal with small

to medium spillages.

ACL INDOMER




• The equipment operators must be trained in deployment of the equipment, and the

contingency plan regularly exercised to test reporting and alerting procedures.

• Hazardous waste generated at berth due to cargo handling operation shall be carefully

stored and should be stored in centralized hazardous waste storage facility.

The marine loading/unloading arms should be provided with alarms system to prevent

any accidental leak during product handling.

iii) Dry Cargo Releases

Dry cargos carried on vessels can have impact on the marine environment during loading,

unloading and washing of cargo board. Dry bulk cargoes like Cement, Clinker etc. of small

quantity are likely to be released during these events into the sea. Dry cargo release due to wash

overboard cargo residues left on vessels after unloading is the most dominant intentional activity.

Although effect of nontoxic cargo releases is not as significant as toxic cargoes, they may cause

localized negative environmental effects on marine environment when released in large

quantities. Also, nontoxic cargo releases are not described under MARPOL Annexure V for

operational discharges. Unfortunately, no comprehensive studies have been made on the impact

of each type of cargo and its impact on the marine environment.

Mitigation Measures

While no individual MARPOL Annexure for solid bulk cargoes have been drafted, the rules for

garbage discharge apply instead. 2012 Guidelines for the implementation of MARPOL annexure V

prohibits the discharge of all types of garbage into the sea unless explicitly permitted under the

Annexure. Management practices for dry bulk cargo is underlined as below.

• Solid bulk cargoes should be classified and declared by the shipper as to whether or not

they are harmful to the marine environment.

• Ports, terminals and ship operators should consider cargo loading, unloading and

onboard handling practices following IMSBC (International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes

Code)

• Ensuring ships/barges are suitable to carry the intended cargo and also suitable for

unloading the same cargo using proposed methods.

• Unloading cargo as efficiently as possible, utilizing all appropriate safety precautions to

prevent injury or ship and equipment damage. Intense care should be taken during

lighterage operation.

• Minimizing spillage of the cargo during transfer operations by carefully controlling cargo

transfer operations, both on board and from dockside.

iv) Drainage

Contaminated drainage from waterfront areas, if allowed to flow unimpeded into the port it may

lead to contamination and water quality degradation. To the extent possible, the direct drainage

from port to the sea shall be prevented. Area should be paved and sloped to direct the water

towards the catch basins (collection systems)/treatment plant.

ACL INDOMER




Proposed port should have adequate facilities like catch basin/treatment plant to deal with runoff

from port areas. Drainage should not be disposed off to wetland area, this will cause impact to

benthic community.

v) Water front Industry Discharge

No industrial discharge is planned from the proposed cement plant, thermal power plant and

Mining unit. Wastewater from the industrial unit will be treated in the proposed Sewage

treatment plant and will be used for gardening. Brine reject from desalination plant will be

disposed off into sea. Details on discharge from desalination plant is discussed in the section

5.3.2.

vi) Maintenance Dredging

Presence of piling clusters may alter the habitat to marginal extent. Pilings may also marginally

slow down the existing tidal or river flows, thus causing sediment deposition at some locations

beneath the structure. Natural coastal processes will also result in sediment deposition.

Depending on local conditions, this shoaling tendency may extend to nearby navigation zones,

necessitating more frequent maintenance dredging. Required maintenance dredging will also

have the same effect as mentioned in section 5.3.1.

vii) Shoreline

The site and surrounding is so typical that it comprises of wide intertidal flats without any sandy

beaches. There is no movement of littoral drift is anticipated and hence there will not be any

change in shoreline.

Construction of pile and rock bund may have marginal effect on the flow pattern which may

influence the scouring along Kori creek for short distance along either side of the jetty. Shoreline

study done by IOM, Anna University indicates that the proposed stretch is a low eroding coast.

Study also states that high eroding coast is identified in the northern end of Kori creek.

Mitigation Measures

The jetty will be built over the piles, hence construction of jetty will not affect the free flow of

water and the movement of seabed sediment. Therefore, there will not be any shoreline erosion.

Impact during the construction and operation phase of jetty is analysed and it is found that the only environmentally sensitive factor near the project site is presence of wide mudflats. Implementation of mitigation measures and Environmental Management Plan will be the key to address impact on marine environment. Other anticipated impacts due to construction of jetty such as change in flow pattern, wave dynamics etc. has been studied using mathematical modeling by M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited. Modelling study indicate that there will not be any significant changes to the existing coastal processes.

ACL INDOMER




5.3.2. Desalination Plant

Desalination plant of 9 MLD capacity is proposed for the Integrated Cement Works to cater the

water demand of the industry, jetty operation etc. Details on selection of intake and outfall

pipeline is presented in Chapter 3.

During the construction stage activities such as construction of intake well, laying of pipeline and

brine discharge during the operational phase will have marginal impact on the marine

environment. However, the potential impact which will arise due to the project will be mitigated

through selection of proper intake and outfall location.

Selection of appropriate location for intake and outfall is one of the most important steps to

enhance the positive impact of the project and to reduce the negative impacts. Intake and outfall

location are selected based on CRZ, bathymetry, availability of water, water quality, brine

dispersion study etc. The key marine environmental concerns associated with seawater

desalination are:

i. Seawater intake – Impingement and Entrainment

ii. Environmental impacts of outfall systems – Brine discharge

The details of anticipated impacts of construction of intake well, intake and outfall pipelines

associated with desalination plant are detailed below with respect to construction and operation

phases:


i) Intake well and outfall pipeline

Desalination plant is planned within the proposed backup area close to shore. Rather than going

for intake and outfall submarine pipelines, it is planned to take the pipeline through proposed

bund and trestle. Intake and outfall are planned east and west of the proposed jetty separated by

a distance of about 1 km. Adequate depth of > 8 m CD is available at proposed intake and outfall

location. It is anticipated that proposed plan will reduce additional impact on the environment,

which can be caused due to laying of underwater intake and outfall pipeline.

In general, following impacts are anticipated.

• Increase in turbidity due to construction of intake well (piling) will enhance levels of

suspended solids. This can negatively influence photosynthesis and hence primary

productivity. However, the impact would be local, reversible, temporary with plankton

community structure quickly establishing once the construction is completed.

• Piling will have direct bearing on the bottom habitat pertaining to the construction

corridor.

• Improper design of outfall diffuser may reduce the mixing and increase the distance of

mixing zone.

ACL INDOMER




Mitigation Measures

• Intake well construction and pipeline laying operation have to be done in shortest

duration.

• Piling for intake and outfall should be carefully done to limit the impact to construction

corridor.

• Barricading the water during laying has to be avoided.

• Installation of proper marker lights indicating obstructions if any.

ii) Impact due to intake well

• Entrainment and impingement corresponding to drawing smaller marine organisms into

the well with the seawater. However, the rate of impingement and entrainment

compared to open seawater intake is very low in intake well. Also, intake well offers better

quality in terms of solids, organic matter and aquatic micro-organisms.

• Migration of benthic animals.

• Possibility of causing scour around the well.

Mitigation Measures

• Use well screens and low intake velocity to minimize impingement and entrainment of

larger organisms.

• Selection of intake location away from productive areas to reduce entrainment of smaller

organisms.

• Low-impact intake technologies: Intake system offers better water quality in terms of

solids, organic matter and aquatic micro organisms which will lead to minimum chemical

treatment, there by impact on water quality and marine ecology can be prevented.

The intake velocity and volume are known to be the major contributory factors for the

impingement. Careful design of intake velocity and well will minimize the potential impacts.

iii) Outfall diffuser

The presence of outfall diffuser may locally restrict the use of drifting nets. The installation of

diffuser in sea and the jet plume discharge of brine reject would locally alter the flow pattern

within the initial mixing zone. Improper design of outfall diffuser may reduce the mixing and

increase the distance of mixing zone.

Mitigation Measures

• The outfall diffuser should not have any sharp projection and should not pose any risk for

the boats and fishermen moving around the region.

• The part of the outfall pipelines before the diffuser ports may suitably be placed and laid

on seabed to avoid hindrance for fishing and the movement of the boat.

• A marker buoy has to be placed close to the outfall to help boats to avoid the area.

ACL INDOMER




b. Operation Phase

i) Brine Discharge

Salinity and Density

High salinity and density are the typical characteristic of desalination plant effluent. The primary

environmental impacts associated with discharge of SWRO plants effluent include:

• Increases in the salinity of receiving water bodies.

• Local impacts of hypersaline brines on marine benthic communities at and near the point

of discharge.

Deaeration and oxygen scavengers

With increasing salinity, oxygen becomes less soluble in seawater. However, oxygen levels are

deliberately reduced by physical deaeration and addition of oxygen scavengers like sodium

bisulfite to inhibit corrosion. Oxygen depletion is also a problem of the RO brine, if sodium

bisulfite is used as a neutralizing agent for chlorine. The lack of dissolved oxygen could be toxic

to marine organisms and aeration is recommended prior to oceanic discharge.

Effect on Marine Organisms

Stenohaline – Sensitive to salinity changes

Increased salinities could also impact more sensitive elements of the biota, especially some of the

single cell plankton. Marine organisms have varying sensitivity to changes in salinity. Osmotic

conformers are organisms that have no mechanism to control osmosis and therefore their cells

conform to the same salinity as their environment. Large increases in salinity in the surrounding

marine environment cause water to flow out of the cells of these organisms, which could lead to

cell dehydration and ultimately to cell death. Organisms that can survive in only a narrow salinity

range are referred to as "stenohaline".

Osmotic regulators - Resistant to salinity changes

Osmotic regulators, on the contrary, can control the salt content and hence the osmotic potential

within their cells despite variations in external salinity. Most marine fish, reptiles, birds and

mammals are osmotic regulators. Salinity tolerances of marine organisms vary, but some shellfish

(scallops, clams, oysters, mussels or crabs) not already stressed from abnormally high salinities

are able to tolerate very high salinities.

An additional factor when considering environmental impacts of concentrate discharges is the

mobility of the organisms. Mobile organisms may simply move away from areas of higher salinity

without adverse impacts. Sessile organisms (e.g., plants) are more vulnerable to salinity changes.

Since the brine has high density compared to seawater it may settle on bottom with potential

deleterious effects to the benthic community.

ACL INDOMER




Mitigation Measures

• Location of discharge point for installation of discharge systems should be selected based

on the favorable oceanographic site dissipating the salinity quickly through hydrodynamic

modelling.

• Monitoring of seawater quality near discharge point shall be carried out as part of post

project monitoring program.

ii. Breakage of pipeline

Pipeline can be damaged due to natural hazards like storm, earthquake, scouring, tsunami etc. It

can also get damaged due to manmade causes like fishing, trawling and intentional damage. In

case of any damage leading to breakage caused on the outfall pipeline, the brine water will gush

out at shorter distance from the shoreline and would affect the marine environment.

Mitigation Measures

Necessary mitigation measures like immediately attending the repair of pipeline has to be taken

up. Necessary spares of pipeline segments with bends/Tees and divers with experience in

salvation operation irrespective of sea condition have to be kept ready always within the plant.

5.3.3. Environmental Sensitivity

a. Plankton

Construction of piled berthing Jetty, laying of intake and outfall pipeline, brine discharge will

affect the plankton community as they are weak against the turbidity generated in the water due

to construction activities. The impact on these communities are directly linked to the extent upto

which turbidity persist. It is anticipated that area of pile construction and nearby corridor and

intake, outfall pipeline corridor will be induced with turbidity may have localized effect on

plankton. However, it is anticipated that with time, plankton community will recolonize. More

details on impact and mitigation measures for plankton is described under impact during to

construction phase and operation phase of berthing jetty and desalination plant.

b. Benthos

Piling and dredging for berthing jetty and laying of intake and outfall pipeline will disturb the

bottom habitat. Major impact to benthos is anticipated during the construction stage. During

Impact due to desalination plant intake and outfall are considered while planning of intake

and outfall systems. Potential impact which may arise due to the construction of seawater

intake head, laying of intake and outfall pipeline, brine discharge will be encountered with

seawater intake well and taking pipeline through proposed trestle. Also, Advection-Dispersion

study is conducted to predict the impact due to brine discharge. It is found that brine quantity

of 21 MLD with 57 ppt salinity (17 higher than ambient salinity) is modest enough to cause

any significant damage on the marine environment.

ACL INDOMER




operational stage, impact to benthos is anticipated only due to maintenance dredging. Other

likely impact to benthos includes unwanted disturbance in the intertidal area of project site. Strict

guidelines to workers should be given to avoid unwanted disturbance to tidal flats. The impact

will be localized, and benthos will start recolonizing after the construction period. More details on

impact and mitigation measures to benthos is described under construction and operation phase

of berthing jetty and desalination plant.

c. Mangroves

Eastern banks of Kori creek from Lakhpat to Guhar Nani is composed of scanty mangroves,

whereas, banks of Lakki (south of proposed jetty) to mouth of Kori creek mangroves are

observed in the the tidal flats which are connected with small channels. Dense mangroves are

present on western side of Kori creek where dense tidal network of Padala creek, Pir Sanai creek,

Pabiwari creek, Vianwari creek and Sir creek is present.

Since project site devoid of mangroves, Hence, no question on impact to mangroves due to

proposed jetty.

d. Seaweeds and Seagrass

Project site and surroundings are devoid of seagrass and seaweeds. Hence, no impact.

e. Coastal Vegetation

Coastal areas of project and 10 km radius support minimum halophytes. No impact to coastal

vegetation is anticipated since construction of berthing Jetty and rock bund will limit to intertidal

area where no coastal vegetation is seen.

f. Corals

Project site and surroundings are devoid of corals. Hence, no impact.

g. Turtles

The turtles need ideal locations like isolated, undisturbed and well developed sandy beaches for

seasonal breeding. They do not select the places like tidal flats, marshy lands and swampy terrain.

Study area consist of wide intertidal flat without the presence of any sandy beaches. Ecology and

biodiversity survey also show that there is no breeding of turtles in this stretch. Hence there is no

question of impact on turtles.

h. Fishes

Like plankton and benthos due to construction of berthing jetty, desalination plant and

associated facilities, impact on fishes are also anticipated. However, since fishes are mobile, they

tend to move away from under water disturbances. Compared to the impact of construction

activities on plankton and benthos, no significant impact on fishes are anticipated since they are

mobile and tend to move away. These animals will usually return to the disturbed area once the

ACL INDOMER




disturbance ceases.

i. Wild Life Sanctuary

Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary is the nearest wildlife sanctuary to project site. As per Ministry

of Environment and Forest Notification dt. 31st May 2012 on Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary,

mean distance of 1.5 km is notified under Eco Sensitive Zone surrounding the Narayan Sarovar.

Based on the coordinates given in the Notification dt. 31st May 2012 on Narayan Sarovar wild life

sanctuary, the boundary and ESZ of Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary is plotted and shown in

Fig. 4.5. Since the ESZ boundary of Narayan Sarovar wild life sanctuary is not falling within the

proposed project boundary, no impact to wild life sanctuary is anticipated. Also, no Marine

National Park and Marine Sanctuary is falling near the project site.

ACL INDOMER




6. POST PROJECT MONITORING

The primary objective of post project monitoring program is to develop site specific monitoring

program for environmental parameters likely to be affected by proposed project activity. Post

project monitoring will be undertaken to determine the environmental affects of operational

activities and secondarily to increase understanding of cause-effect relationships between activity

and environmental change.

In order to verify the efficacy of the implemented mitigation measures and there on to modify

them if necessary, the post project monitoring becomes inevitable. The post project monitoring

program is an equally important aspect in Environmental Management Plan. A continuous review

of post project monitoring program shall be conducted by the Environment Management Cell

(EMP) to identify the effectiveness of mitigation measures suggested.

6.1. Environmental Impact Matrix

Identification of post project monitoring locations, frequency and parameters to be analysed is

done based on the anticipated impacts on the marine environment during operation phase of

the project. Environmental management matrix used to identify frequency, location and

parameters is given below:

Environmental Impact Matrix

Activity Anticipated impact Proposed mitigation

measures Monitoring Program

Ship

Discharges

Degradation of seawater

and seabed sediment

quality.

Impact to plankton,

benthos and other marine

community

Collection and disposal

facilities at port.

Operation of ships

having Indian Ballast

Water Management

Certificate.

Monitoring of seawater

and seabed quality where

areas close to berthing

jetty.

Monitoring biomass and

species diversity of

plankton, benthos and

other marine community. Frequency of Monitoring: Since proposed mitigation measure will ensure adequate control over the port generated waste, half yearly monitoring program of marine environment is suggested for ship discharges.

Accident Oil

spill/ Spill

during

handling

operations


and seabed sediment

quality.

Impact to plankton,


community

Emergency oil spill

contingency plan.

Development of

reporting and alerting

mechanisms.

Specialized oil spill

response equipment.


and seabed quality areas

close to berthing jetty.




other marine community.

Frequency of Monitoring: Incase of oil spill immediate attending of spill must be taken up. Continuous monitoring of Oil and Grease content in seawater shall be analysed till complete recovery of spilled oil. Oil

ACL INDOMER




Activity Anticipated impact Proposed mitigation

measures Monitoring Program

content in the seawater shall also be analysed during half yearly monitoring of marine environment.

Drainage Degradation of seawater

and seabed sediment

quality.

Construction of catch

basin/treatment plant

to deal with runoff from

port areas.



close to berthing jetty.

Frequency of Monitoring: Monitoring locations will be covered under monitoring programme for ship discharge.

Maintenance

Dredging

and Disposal


and seabed sediment

quality.

Impact to plankton,


community

Provisions for net

enclosures with booms.

Selection of most

favorable points in the

tidal cycle to limit the

extent of effects.



close to berthing jetty

and at dredge disposal

location.




other marine community. Frequency of Monitoring: Post dredging monitoring shall be carried out after the event of dredging to ensure the seawater and seabed sediment quality.

Brine

Discharge


and seabed sediment

quality.

Impact to plankton,


community


quality near discharge

point.


and seabed quality near

discharge point.




other marine community. Frequency of Monitoring: Half yearly monitoring of seawater, seabed sediments and biological parameters are suggested for brine discharge near outfall location.

Based on the environment impact matrix, post project monitoring program is suggested.

6.2. Post Project Monitoring Program

Monitoring program is suggested to identify the variation in the marine environment due to

operation of port and desalination plant. Monitoring program shall be done during the

operational phases of the project and it should be repeated at periodic intervals after the

commencement of operation. The monitoring must be organized with qualified and experienced

environmental team. Standard procedure shall be followed in sample collection and analysis. Half

yearly monitoring of seawater quality, seabed sediment and marine ecology is recommended at

water front, inner approach channel, near brine disposal location and near dredge disposal

location.

Post project monitoring program has been planned based on the prediction of impacts and

mitigation measures suggested. Summary matrix of environmental monitoring covering locations

ACL INDOMER




of monitoring stations, frequency of sampling, standard methods for sampling & analysis etc. are

presented below.

Environmental Monitoring Matrix

Environmental

Attributes

Parameters to be

monitored Sampling Locations

Methods for

sampling &

analysis

Frequency of

Monitoring

Seawater Quality Turbidity, BOD, DO,

COD, pH, Nutrients and

Heavy metals.

Four Locations

• Water front

• Inner approach channel

• Near brine disposal Location

• Near dredge disposal location

Details on

Methods for

sampling &

analysis is

given in

Annexure II

Half yearly

Seabed

Sediments

Heavy metals Four Locations

• Water front



• Near dredge disposal location*

Half yearly

Marine Ecology Phytoplankton (Primary

production, Species

composition, Numerical

abundance, biomass)

Zooplankton (Numerical

abundance, biomass)

Benthos (Numerical

abundance, biomass)

Microbiology (Numerical

abundance)

Health of Mangroves in

the vicinity

Four Locations

• Water front



• Near dredge disposal location

• Western bank of Kori creek

Half yearly

Shoreline

changes

- 10 km coastal stretch on both

sides from proposed berthing jetty

- Yearly once

Bathymetry Alterations in available

draft

- - -

6.3. Review and Reporting

The results of monitoring will be reported to the statutory authorities GPCB and Regional Office

of MoEF&CC. Half yearly report should include condition of Environmental clearance and status

of compliance. It shall also cover different statutory returns/ compliance reports to be submitted

such as:

• Submission of half yearly compliance report in respect of the stipulated prior

environmental clearance terms and conditions in soft copy to GPCB and Regional Office

of MoEF&CC on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year.

ACL INDOMER




• Submission of environmental statement for the financial year ending 31st March to the

GPCB on or before 30th September every year.

6.4. Onsite Mock Drill

Onsite mock drills shall be encouraged by the proponent to make aware of the existing disaster

management plan and how to respond to emergency cases such as oil spill, natural calamities

etc. Conducting mock drills will enhance the preparedness and practicality of designed

responses. Mock drills shall be done in presence of municipal authorities, hospitals, fire

department etc. Documentation of mock drills should be done to revise the shortcomings of

existing plans.

ACL INDOMER




7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

7.1.1. Introduction

Emergency/ disaster is an undesirable occurrence of events of such magnitude and nature that

adversely affect operations, cause loss of human lives and property as well as damage to the

environment. Coastal infrastructure is vulnerable to various kinds of natural and manmade

disasters. Examples of natural disaster are Flood, Cyclone, Tsunami, Earthquake etc., and

manmade disasters like major fire, explosion, sudden heavy leakage of toxic/ poisonous gases,

etc. An effective disaster management plan helps to minimize the losses in terms of human lives,

assets and environmental damage.

Disaster Management Hierarchy

Disaster Identification

A disaster occurs when a hazard such as Earthquake, Flood or Cyclone coincides with a vulnerable

situation. Based on project details, geography, environmental setting of the study area and

available information (Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017 - 18) following hazards

have been identified which may possibly lead to disaster. The probability/seasonality of hazard in

the project area is also listed below.

Identified natural hazards in the study area

Sl.

No. Hazard

Project area

(Lakhpat) Findings

1 Earthquake Zone V (Very High damage risk zone)

2 Cyclone Open to wind speed of 50 m/sec and greater. (Highly

vulnerable)

3 Sea surge Highly vulnerable

4 Tsunami Highly vulnerable

5 Flood Low (may occur due to very heavy rainfall, sea surge or

tsunami)

Gujarat State

Disaster

Management

Authority

District

Disaster

Management

Authority

Lakhpat

Captive Port

DMP

Action Response Preparednes

s

Recovery

ACL INDOMER




Disaster identification suggests that the project site is vulnerable to natural hazards other than

Flood. According to Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, probability of flood in entire Kutch

district is low, it may occur only on the event of very heavy rainfall, sea surge or tsunami. Among

the identified impacts, Earthquake is most probable to occur in the project site followed by

Tsunami and Cyclones. Probability period and seasonality of natural disasters is given below.

Probability Period/Seasonality of disasters

Type of Hazards Time of

Occurrence Potential Impact

Flood June – September Loss of life, livestock, crop

and infrastructure

Earthquake Anytime Loss of life, livestock and

Infrastructure.

Cyclone April - May

October - November

Loss of life, livestock and

infrastructure

(Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017 – 18)

History of Natural Disasters in Kutch District

Kutch district is highly prone to multi hazards like Cyclone, Earthquake, Tsunami and Drought.

Matrix showing past disasters in Kutch is shown below.

Matrix of past disasters in Kutch District

Disaster Year Magnitude Taluka & No. of.

villages affected

Life &

Cattle loss Damage property

Flood 2011 3

2 taluka and

200 villages

Human death

(11) and

Cattle loss

(74)

-

Earthquake 2001 4

10 Taluka

884 Village

affected.

12216

146087 houses fully

damaged, 278217

partially damaged.

Cyclone 1998 4

Gandhidham,

Mundra, Anjar 1 life lost &

41 cattle loss -

Source: Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017-18

(i) Earthquake

As per Indian Seismic Zone Map, Gujarat lies in three zones- Zone III, IV and V. Entire Kutch

region lies in zone V where earthquakes of magnitude 8 can be expected. District like Bhachau,

Rapar, Anjar, Bhuj, Gandhidham, Lakhpat Taluka have been adequately provided with the seismic

instrumentation since these talukas are highly vulnerable to Earthquakes.

ACL INDOMER




Gujarat Earthquake Zones

(ii) Cyclones

A "Cyclonic Storm" or a "Cyclone" is an intense vortex or a whirl in the atmosphere with very

strong winds circulating around it in anti-clockwise direction in the Northern Hemisphere and in

clockwise direction in the Southern Hemisphere. Cyclones are intense low-pressure areas, from

the centre of which pressure increases outwards. The amount of the pressure drop in the centre

and the rate at which it increases outwards gives the intensity of the cyclones and the strength of

winds. The details of types of disturbances and associated wind speed in the circulation are

presented below:

Types of Disturbances Associated wind speed in the circulation

Low Pressure Area

Depression

Deep Depression

Cyclonic Storm

Severe Cyclonic Storm

Very Severe Cyclonic Storm

Super Cyclonic Storm

Less than 17 knots (< 31 kmph)

17 to 27 knots (31 to 49 kmph)




64 to 119 knots (119 to 221 kmph)

120 knots and above (222 kmph and above)

Gujarat Wind and Cyclone zone indicates that coastal areas of Kutch, especially district like

Bhachau, Gandhidham, Anjar, Mundra, Mandvi and Lakhpat are particularly prone. Cyclones also

drive the sea level to cause coastal flooding. Project site and neighbouring villages will be

ACL INDOMER




exposed to high wind speed of greater than 50 m/sec during the event of cyclonic storm. Gujarat

wind and cyclone zones are presented below.

Gujarat Wind and Cyclone Zone

(iii) Tsunami

Gujarat is prone to tsunami risk due to its long coastline and probability of occurrence of near

and offshore submarine earthquakes in the Arabian sea. Kutch District is classified as highly prone

to tsunami as per Hazard Risk and Vulnerability Atlas prepared by GSDMA. Areas at greatest risk

are those which have less than 25 ft above sea level and within one mile of the shoreline. Most

deaths caused by a tsunami are because of drowning, associated risks include flooding,

contamination of drinking water, fires from ruptured tanks or gas lines, and the loss of vital

community infrastructure. Probability of flooding of project site during tsunami is very high.

Tsunami vulnerability assessment is carried out based on Probable Maximum Surge (PMS) at

Highest High Tide Level. Maximum possible inundation at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL) and

100 % Probable Maximum Surge (PMS) for some of the talukas of Kutch District is given below.

Map showing Gujarat tsunami hazard risk zonation is also presented below.

Tsunami hazard risk zonation based on PMS at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL)

District Name Taluka

Maximum possible inundation (Area of Taluka in

%) at Highest High Tide Level (HHTL) and 100 %

Probable Maximum Surge (PMS)

Kutch Bhachau 18

Kutch Lakhpat 10

Kutch Gandhidham 42

ACL INDOMER




Kutch Mandvi 5

Kutch Mundra 23 Source: Gujarat State Tsunami Management Plan, 2009

Gujarat Tsunami Hazard Risk Zonation

7.1.2. Objective of Disaster Management Plan

Disaster may arrive without any warning, unexpectedly despite all precautions & preventive

measures taken. However, an efficient control/response plan can minimize the losses in terms of

property, human lives and damage to the environment. The disasters that can occur in the

coastal areas of project site are storms, storm surges, tsunami and earth quakes.

The plan should be developed to make best possible use of the resources at the operational

area as well as outside available resources like State Fire Services, Police, Civil Defence, Hospitals,

Civil Administration, neighbouring institution and industries.

The objectives of Disaster Management Plan are:

To contain and control the incident.

To rescue the victim and treat them suitably in quickest possible time.

To safeguard other personnel and evacuate them to safer places.

To identify personnel affected/dead.

ACL INDOMER




To give immediate warning signal to the people in the surrounding areas in case

such situation arising.

To inform relatives of the casualties.

To safeguard important records & information about the organization.

To preserve damaged records & equipment needed as evidence for any subsequent

enquiry.

To rehabilitate the affected areas.

To restore the facilities to normal working condition at the earliest

Gujarat state Disaster Management authority has prepared Disaster Management Plan for

tsunami, earth quake and cyclone. The Revenue department is primarily responsible for

emergency response and relief (DM Act - Section 12(2)(b)) in the State, while the Gujarat State

Disaster Management Authority (GSDMA) is designated as the nodal agency for formulation of

policies, long-term planning, coordination and monitoring body for mitigation, reduction and

preparedness for disasters in the State (DM Act - Section 12). Disaster management plans exist at

District and Taluka levels in Gujarat. The District Collector is the chairman of the District Disaster

Management Authority. The Taluka Disaster Management Committee is headed by Mamlatdar.

This Committee will look into all the aspects of disaster management including mitigation

preparedness, response and relief at Taluka level.

7.1.3. Preparedness Plan

As seen earlier, the project site is prone to natural disasters. Therefore, careful Disaster

Management Plan should be implemented to safeguard the project area from disasters.

Preparedness for any probable disaster is an essential and proactive step to deal with any

emergency. It is a peacetime phase and provides opportunity to develop and build capacity of

the system and society. Each stakeholder needs to develop and enhance his/her skills and

resources so as to be able to perform the respective role and responsibility at the onset of the

disaster. Key stake holders and their functions are detailed in the GSDMP.

The preparedness plan shall contain details about: i) warning that should be given ii) Protective

measures to contain the effect of surging water level and ii) Responsibilities of key stakeholders

iii) Other precautionary measures to be taken. The following measures are the key aspects in the

preparedness plan.

i) Coordination with National Designated Agencies,

ii) Vigilant online monitoring,

iii) Emergency Evacuation.

7.1.4. On Site / Inhouse Emergency Preparedness

Incident Response Team

An incident management team should be constituted at the project site. This team should have

the following personnel:

ACL INDOMER




i) Head of the project site,

ii) Marine control room officer,

iii) Safety officer,

iv) Environment Management Cell,

v) Department Heads,

vi) Security Officers

This team should have the details of people on duty and their locations on daily basis. The

evacuation plan should be available with the team. This team should have control on the

emergency alarm. One staff should be designated to inspect the preparedness on a daily basis.

Communication network for DMP

Incident

Identifier

Radio/TV

other sources

IMD/INCOIS/

ISR

Disaster

Management -

Team head

Director

Department

Heads

Disaster

Management

Team

Head of field

works

Office staffs Field workers

ACL INDOMER




Emergency Alarm

An emergency alarm /siren should be in place at the site area. The details of agencies competent

enough for issuing warning or alert pertaining to various types of disasters are given below. In

case of emergency when warning is given, the alarm at the site can be instantly activated and the

vigilant team including the emergency response team can immediately start the evacuation and

rescue operation. All the workers also should be advised to vacate and move to the designated

safe places.

Details of agencies which give early warning systems

Disaster Agencies

Earthquakes IMD/ISR

Floods Meteorological Department, Irrigation Department

Tsunamis INCOIS

Cyclones IMD Source: Kutch District Disaster Management Plan, May 2017

Evacuation Plan

Evacuation of people from risk areas is the priority when early warning is received, or the natural

warning sign indicates the immediate arrival of cyclone, Tsunami wave or rise of storm surge.

Evacuation plan describes the time span available before and during the Tsunami or storm surge

event. When facing local threat, evacuation procedures most possibly will have the character of a

'runaway effort' and people should not expect to receive much institutional support. The primary

objective should be bringing as many people as possible out of the reach of the wave's impact to

safe or 'relatively safe' areas. Therefore, necessary steps have to be taken in advance to enable

and support the community at risk to protect themselves at any time.

An assembly point could be identified and marked which should be known to all employees. A

mock drill should be carried out every six months so that it acts as a training as well as alertness

to the employees.

Emergency Rescue Kit

Minimum rescue resources should be kept in readiness. The following Table gives the list of

Emergency rescue kit to be kept at the site.

Emergency rescue kit

Life saving jacket 200 ft. Ropes 100 ft. Ropes

10 1 2

Medical and Related Resources

Medical management should consist of first aid facilities. Emergency numbers of nearby hospitals

shall be displayed at the site to avail medical facilities at the earliest. First aid posts will be

provided at the site to attend the workers on immediate basis in case of an injury or accident.

This first-aid post will have the following facilities:

ACL INDOMER




• First aid box with essential medicines including ORS packets.

• First aid appliances-splints and dressing materials.

• Stretcher, wheel chair, etc.

The first aid box must contain the following:

• 15 small sterilized dressings.

• 8 medium size sterilized dressings.

• 8 large size sterilized dressings.

• 8 large size sterilized burn dressings.

• 8 (15 g) packets sterilized cotton wool.

• 2 (60 ml.) bottle containing a two per cent alcohol solution of iodine.

• 2 (60 ml.) bottle containing sal volatile having the dose and mode of administration

indicated on the label.

• 2 rolls of adhesive plaster, a snake-bite lancet.

• 2 (30 g) bottle of potassium permanganate crystals.

• 2 pair scissors.

• 2 copies of the first-aid leaflet issued by the Director General, Factory.

• Advice Service and Labour Institutes, Government of India.

• 2-3 bottles containing 100 tablets (each of 5 grains) of aspirin.

• Ointment for burns.

7.1.5. Coordination with National Agencies

Tsunami waves do not induce high surface elevation in Deep Ocean and hence their presence is

not felt in Deep Ocean until they reach the shallow water close to coast. If any small yet

potentially significant sea level change is noted following a seismic activity, the data are

transmitted acoustically to the surface buoys and relayed by satellites to the warning stations.

Computer modelling converts the data into a prediction of potential damages for the use of the

members of the network.

National: After the 2004 Tsunami affected the Indian sub-continent, the following organizations

are involved on watch and cautioning the government and public in the event of possibility of

occurrence of Tsunami. As a part of Tsunami hazard mitigation, warning systems have been

established in India by the coordination of the following organizations.

i) National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA), New Delhi.

ii) Indian National Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS), Hyderabad.

iii) Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), New Delhi.

The contact details of International and National agencies are given below:

Organization Address Email ID Contact Number

NDMA NDMA Bhavan,

A-1 Safdarjang Enclave,

New Delhi,

DL 110029.

www.ndma.gov.in +91 - 11 - 26701700

ACL INDOMER




Organization Address Email ID Contact Number

INCOIS Ocean Valley,

Pragathi Nagar (BO),

Nizampet (SO),

Hyderabad - 500090

www.incois.gov.in +91 - 40 - 23895002

IMD

Mausam Bhavan,

Lodi road,

New Delhi,

DL 110033.

www.imd.gov.in +91- 11 - 24699216

Ahmedabad 079 - 22861413/

22865012 0278-22867206

Bhuj - 099799 95441

GSDMA Block NO.11, 6 th Floor,

Udyog Bhavan, Sector 11,

Gandhi Nagar, Gujarat

[email protected]

[email protected]

(M) 9978405367

(O) 079-23259276,

(F) 079-23259275

079 – 23259283

District

Collector

District Collector Office

Near Circuit House, Mandvi

Road, Nr. Mota Bandh,

Bhuj, Gujarat - 370001

collector-

[email protected] +91 2832 250020

Mamlatdar Bhuj mam-

[email protected] 91 2832 230832

INCOIS in collaboration with NIOT has deployed DART buoys at 3 locations in the deep ocean

along the fault plane of Andaman plate and Indonesian plate.

Vigilant Online Monitoring

The time at which the cyclone, storm surge or Tsunami may reach the coast can be predicted with

sufficient lead time. The destruction can be minimized if the coastal populations are warned and

evacuated to elevated place and inland in time. Therefore, keeping vigil on the warning is the

very important aspect in protecting the lives. Live contact should be kept with the organizations

indicated above transmitting the instant warning on occurrence of cyclone, Tsunami and storm

surge. A vigilant team must be created, and they should be trained to understand the method of

monitoring and the kind of emergency preparedness. The vigilant team must monitor the

warning systems around the clock. The training should be given periodically to update the system

and methods of warning. The team should take the responsibility of giving immediate warning to

the people in and around the port in case of disaster warning and they have to undertake the

Emergency Preparedness Action. Safety drills should be conducted periodically. Operational and

emergency preparedness procedures should be planned meticulously in order to act on the

warning and to disseminate it rapidly and effectively to the public.

Emergency Response System

Incident Response System (IRS) is one of the crucial tools for coordinated response. The system

envisages that the roles and duties are laid down in advance, the personnel earmarked and

trained in their respective roles and duties. It fixes accountability of the earmarked personnel and

http://www.imd.gov.in/



ACL INDOMER




also avoids duplication of efforts by clearly demarcating the area specific task force teams. The

details of incident response network are given in GSDMA.

7.1.6. Disaster Management Action

Details of mitigation measures which can be taken up by project proponent as part of disaster

preventive action is listed below.

Disaster Management Measures

Action Concerned departments

Development of port structures & desalination plant

infrastructure following IS 4326: 1993 (Earthquake

Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings)

Department of rural development

Revenue department

R & B department

Soil and material testing before commencement of onsite

activities.

Education & Technical Department

State Training Centre (R&B)

Shelter belt plantation. Revenue Department

Forest Department

Development of secure and reliable communication

system in case of emergency

GSDMA

District collector Kutch

Encourage disaster insurance Labour & employment department

Awareness among workers GSDMA, Labour & employment

department

Co-ordination with Gujarat State Government Disaster

Management Plan GSDMA

Disaster management action can be divided into preventive (pre-incident), during incident and

post incident actions. Each disaster, depending upon its intensity would have different extent of

damage.

General precautions which are important to face any natural disaster in the site are:

• Port employees working in open area shall stay out doors away from fall objects, falling

debris, trees, and power line.

• Disaster related training to staff (basic knowledge on behavior during earthquake, dos and

don'ts etc.)

• Precautions such as staying away from buildings, windows and loosely lying materials etc.

• Cutting off the power supply to avoid electric shocks.

• Emergency telephone number should be displayed in the plant house and operational

area.

• Vehicle drivers should drive to a clear spot (free from falling objects) and stay in the

vehicle.

• Do not walk or drive through flooded area.

ACL INDOMER




• Provision for harvesting most of the rain water from the site, this will reduce the shortage

of drinking water during summer months in addition to daily water supply.

• Construction of elevated standing tower of 10 m height at project site.

i) Cyclone

In case of warning received from India Metrological Department, following action shall be taken

immediately:

Before Cyclone

• Marine control room shall monitor low pressure formation, cyclone and IMD published

details and warnings regularly.

• In case of any warnings, the same shall be reported to onsite Disaster Management Team,

Managing director, Group heads etc.

• Onsite Disaster Management team shall conduct a meeting if possible, immediately after

the warning to recollect the management facilities and action to be taken.

• All preparations before the onset of cyclone, actions during cyclone shall be reviewed by

the team head.

During Cyclone:

• Sound Emergency alarm/siren

• Inform all staffs about the occurrence of event

• Stop working/suspend cargo operation

• Activate rescue operation team

• Adequate manpower with tools, welding sets, ropes etc. shall be maintained during

cyclone for rescue operation.

After Cyclone: Immediate attending of work area and report damage if any to higher authority.

Immediate attending of damages and record should be kept for quick recovery as soon as

possible.

ii) Earthquake

During Earthquake:

• Evacuate to safest place by following emergency exist route

• Hold onto a firm object

• If outside, stay outside

• If there is no place to take cover, then move to and brace against an inside wall.

After Earthquake:

• Collect report of damages from every division immediately after the event of earthquake

• Inspection of affected area by Disaster Management Team

ACL INDOMER




• Procurement of emergency power in case of power failure

• Inform State and District Management authorities about the damage

• Take necessary actions for the speedy recovery of port operations

iii) Tsunami

Before Tsunami:

• Marine control room shall monitor Tsunami warnings from IMD and Indian National

Centre for Ocean Information (INCOIS).

• In case of any warnings, the same shall be reported to on site Disaster Management

Team, Managing director, Group heads etc.

• Make sure all employees know how to respond to a tsunami.

• Flashlight, extra batteries, battery-operated radio, emergency medicines should be kept

ready.

During Tsunami:

• Listen to a radio to get the latest emergency information and be ready to evacuate.

• Cut down power supply.

• Try to move to elevated ground and stay there for till further information on tsunami.

• Return to workplace only after authorities advise it is safe to do so.

After Tsunami:

• Collect report of damages from every division immediately after the event of tsunami.

• Inspection of affected area by Disaster Management Team.

• Procurement of emergency power in case of power failure.

• Inform State and District Management authorities about the damage.

• Take necessary actions for the speedy recovery of port operations.

7.2. Oil Spill Contingency Plan

India is a party to the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS) and has an

obligation to protect and preserve the marine environment. The Forty-second amendment to the

Constitution of India obliges the State to endeavor to protect and improve the environment. This

plan is a measure of fulfilment of the obligation on the State under the Law of the Sea

Convention and the Constitution of India.

Project area is prone to natural hazards. Composite Risk Analysis show that, Bhuj is vulnerable to natural disasters and are classified under high risk zone. Coordination with National and State agency and implementation of proposed management plan as discussed above in case of emergency will be key to address natural disasters.

ACL INDOMER




Oil spills may occur from ships either accidentally or due to illegal operational discharges.

Accidental discharges may involve the escape of bunker fuel or oil cargo resulting from a marine

incident. The threat is largely a function of the types of oil and bunkers and operational issues

such as the degree of navigational hazards, the weather and shipping density.

The contingency plan is provided to assist the captive port in dealing with an accidental

discharge of oil. Its primary purpose is to set in motion the necessary actions to stop or minimize

the discharge and to mitigate its effects. Effective planning ensures that the necessary actions are

taken in a structured, logical and timely manner.

7.2.1. Response Policy

The primary aim of an oil spill response is to:

• protect human health and safety;

• minimize environmental impacts; and

• restore the environment to pre-spill conditions.

The environmental impact of an oil spill can be minimized by good management and

planning, and by the response actions put into effect by the Combat Agency. Such actions will

largely depend on several factors:

• type of oil(s) involved;

• size of the spill;

• location of the spill;

• prevailing sea and weather conditions at the spill site; and

• environmental sensitivity of site impacted.

Levels of Response

Under the NOSDCP, oil pollution preparedness and response requirements are categorized into

three 'tiers'. The tiered approach to oil contingency planning identifies resources for responding to

spills of increasing magnitude and complexity by extending the geographic area over which the

response is coordinated. It provides a convenient categorization of response levels and a practical

basis for planning. The NOSDCP recognizes three levels of tiered response.

TIER 1: Tier 1 is concerned with preparedness and immediate response to a small spill within the

capabilities of facility operator or port authority. Seven hundred tons will be the upper limit of

tier 1; however, the risk assessment of oil pollution and the surrounding environment will

determine the required level of response preparedness and reflected in the standard of inventory

for ports, oil agencies and coastal States.

The agencies should have capability to provide first response to oil spill in their areas. The

capability includes trained manpower and equipment. In cases where additional resources are

required, these will generally be available from the local port authority, or from adjacent industry

operators under mutual aid arrangements or locally from the Indian Coast Guard.

TIER 2: Tier 2 is concerned with preparedness and response to a spill that requires the co-

ACL INDOMER




ordination of more than one source of equipment and personnel. 'Tier 2' describes a wide range

of spill sizes and potential scenarios response assistance for which can come from entities within

a port area or from national sources outside the immediate geographic area.

The resources of the Combat Agency will need to be supplemented by other local, regional, and

national resources.

TIER 3: Tier 3 is concerned with a major spill requiring the mobilization of all available national

resources and depending upon the circumstances, will likely involve mobilization of regional and

international systems. It is this tier of response where positive advance customs arrangements are

critical to facilitate a successful effort.

The Combat Agency will require local, regional, national and possibly international assistance.

International resources will be facilitated by the Statutory Agency through the Ministry of External

Affairs.

7.2.2. Statutory and Combat Responsibilities

Responsibilities for responding to oil spills in Indian waters are shared between the Indian Coast

Guard, State Governments, Port Authorities and Corporations, and the oil industry. Liability for

clean-up of both, oil and HNS spills remains with the polluter.

Statutory Agencies

The Statutory Agency is responsible for the institution of prosecutions and the recovery of

cleanup costs on behalf of all participating agencies. The Statutory Agencies for oil spills are

given the Table below:

Statutory Agencies for oil spills

Source / Location Statutory Agency

From ships The relevant Designated Authority under the Merchant

Shipping Act, 1958

From offshore

installations and

upstream pipelines

The relevant Designated Authority under the

Petroleum Act, 1934

From shore terminals,

refineries and

downstream pipelines

The relevant Designated Authority under the

Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board Act,

2006

In major ports The relevant Port Authority under the Major Ports Act

In non-major ports The relevant Designated Authority in the Coastal

State, or Union Territory

7.2.3. Incident Management Team

The facility oil spill contingency plan (OSCP) shall identify the safe transition from normal operation

to emergency operations and systematic shut down, if any, and the delegation of authority from

operations personnel to emergency response personnel. For this purpose, persons in charge of

sea ports and oil installations shall identify in the facility OSCP an emergency response organization

ACL INDOMER




with appropriate individuals to perform designated responsibilities through specified lines of

authority with succession planning and actuating the response management in accordance with

relevant contingency plan requirements. Responsibilities for decision making shall be clearly

shown in an emergency organization chart. The plan shall identify each responder's position,

mission, duties and reporting relationship.

Overall objectives of the facility oil spill emergency control organization shall be:

• To promptly control oil pollution problems as they develop at the scene;

• To prevent or limit the impact of oil pollution on other areas and off-site;

• To provide emergency personnel, selected for duties compatible with their normal work

functions wherever feasible, with duties and functions assigned making full use of existing

organizations and service groups such as fire, safety, occupational health, medical,

transportation, personnel, maintenance, and security;

• To provide for employees who must assume additional responsibilities as per laid down

procedure of the facility OSCP in the event of oil spill contingency.

• To provide for round-the-clock coverage, with shift personnel being prepared to take charge

of the emergency control functions or emergency shutdown of system.

• To provide for an alternate arrangement for each function.

The emergency organization shall be based on an incident command system to provide a

standardized organizational structure that is flexible yet provides compatibility between

agencies and events, whilst ensuring accountability and standardized records. The system

clearly defines roles and responsibilities and provides interoperability between resource

agencies. The structure also allows for the ability to escalate or downsize the response as

required. A typical facility level Incident Management Team (IMT) for control of an oil spill

emergency is shown the figure given below.

Typical facility level IMT for control of an oil spill

ACL INDOMER




An entity can merge the functions as per their other statutory requirements and based on level

of risk and range of operations. The organization shall have to address all services and support

system required and available to it. Basic oil spill emergency organogram is given below:

Basic oil spill emergency organogram

Support Services include Communication Services, Engineering/ Maintenance Services, Medical and

Occupational Health, Human Resource and Welfare Service, Security, Media/ Public Relations,

Transport and Logistics, Finance, Contract and Procurement and Environmental Services.

The number of staff required to fill positions in the IMT of the emergency organization can be

varied according to the size and complexity of the incident and the number of staff available. In a

major incident all positions may be filled, but in a lesser incident one person may fill a number of

positions. In a very small incident, the Site Incident Controller (SIC) will be able to carry out all

management functions.

Persons in charge of sea ports and oil installations ensure that persons with appropriate

experience and skills are identified so that they can be appointed to the various positions in the

emergency organization in the event of a marine pollution incident. If agency input into a

response is required, the Coast Guard may place its liaison officer/s within the IMT, so as not to

burden personnel that will be fully engaged in response activities.

The concerned Coast Guard Commander takes overall responsibility for management of the

response in the event of a tier 2 or tier 3 oil spill and assumes charge of senior government,

industry and media liaison.

ACL INDOMER




Chief Incident Controller

Persons in charge of sea ports and oil installations shall identify appropriate individuals to act as a

Chief Incident Controller (CIC). The CIC is responsible for the management and coordination of

response operations at the scene of a pollution incident to achieve the most cost effective and

least environmentally damaging resolution to the problem.

During a major incident, the CIC is responsible to the relevant Coast Guard Commander for the

operational aspects of the response.

The Chief Incident Controller (CIC) shall have overall responsibility to protect personnel, site

facilities, and the public before, during, and after an emergency or disaster. The CIC shall be

present at the Emergency Coordination Centre (ECC) for counsel and overall guidance.

Responsibilities of the Chief Incident Controller shall include the following:

• preparation, review and updation of the OSCP;

• assessment of situation and declaration of an oil spill emergency;

• mobilization of main coordinators and key personnel;

• activation of ECC;

• taking decision on seeking assistance from mutual aid members and external agencies;

• continuously reviewing situation and deciding on appropriate response strategy;

• taking stock of casualties and ensuring timely medical attention;

• ensuring correct accounting and position of personnel after the emergency;

• ordering evacuation of personnel as and when necessary;

• taking decision in consultation with local Coast Guard and District Authorities, when a tier

2 or tier 3 spill is to be declared.

Site Incident Controller

The Site Incident Controller (SIC) shall be identified by the Chief Incident Controller and will report

directly to him. SIC should be nominated by the entity in each shift of 24 hours. During lesser

incidents, the SIC shall have overall responsibility for managing the response. Persons in charge

of sea ports and oil installations should ensure that the SIC is assisted by a response team with

appropriate planning, operational, technical, scientific, chemical, environmental, logistical,

administrative, financial, and media liaison skills.

Responsibilities of the Site Incident Controller shall include the following:

• to maintain a workable oil spill emergency control plan, establish emergency control centers,

ACL INDOMER




organize and equip the organization with OSCP and train the personnel;

• to make quick decisions and take full charge;

• to communicate to the ECC where it can coordinate activities among groups;

• to be responsible for ensuring that appropriate local and national government authorities

are notified, preparation of media statements, obtaining approval from the CIC and releasing

such statements once approval received;

• to ensure that the response to the oil pollution emergencies is in line with entity procedures,

and to coordinate business continuity or recovery plan from the incident;

• to coordinate any specialist support required for the above purpose; and

• to decide on seeking assistance of mutual aid members and external agencies.

• Administration and Communication Coordinator

Responsibilities of the administration and communication coordinator shall include the

following:

• to coordinate with mutual aid members and other external agencies;

• to direct them on arrival of external agencies to respective coordinators at desired

locations;

• to mobilize oil spill responders and resources for facilitating the response measures;

• to monitor mobilization and demobilization of personnel and resources;

• to provide administrative and logistics assistance to various teams;

• to be responsible for all financial, legal, procurement, clerical, accounting and

recording activities including the contracting of personnel, equipment and support

resources;

• to be responsible for the management of the ECC.

7.2.4. Support Services

The following additional coordinators will be nominated at the sea ports and oil installations and

delegated the specific responsibilities falling under the basic functions of SIC and/ or CIC:

• Human Resources Services coordinator

• Logistics Services Coordinator

ACL INDOMER




In any response there is a vital need to ensure that response personnel are provided with adequate

resources to enable an effective response to be mounted. The Logistics Services Coordinator shall

ensure that all resources are made available as required. This includes the procurement and

provision of personnel, equipment and support services for operations in the field and for the

management of resource staging areas.

Media and Public Relations Coordinator: The Media and Public Relations Coordinator shall

ensure adequate liaison between the incident management team and the media. All queries

received from the media should be directed to this person. Before releasing any information, the

Media and Public Relations Coordinator's action should have the approval of either the relevant

Coast Guard Commander or CIC, depending on the size of the spill.

Operations and Technical Coordinator: The Operations and Technical Coordinator is

responsible for the provision of scientific and environmental information, maintenance of

incident information services, and the development of Strategic and Incident Action Plans. He/She

shall ensure the distribution of all information to the Incident Management Team and to all

response personnel generally. He/She is responsible to the CIC for all response operational

activities. This includes ensuring that the requirements of Incident Action Plans (IAP) are passed

on to operational personnel in the field, and for ensuring that the plans are implemented

effectively.

Environmental and Scientific Coordinator: The State Government shall pre-appoint the

Environmental and Scientific Coordinator (ESC), either on a State, regional or local area basis.

During a spill response, the ESC will normally form part of the Operations team. In this role the

Operations Team is to provide the CIC with an upto date and balanced assessment of the likely

environmental effects of an oil spill. The Planning Section will advise on environmental priorities

and preferred response options, taking into account the significance, sensitivity and possible

recovery of the resources likely to be affected. In major incidents, the ESC may directly advise the

relevant Coast Guard Commander.

Harbour Response Powers of Port Authorities

For an incident occurring inside the port authority's jurisdiction, the harbour master (or

equivalent person) is in control of the incident response from the outset. Harbour masters have

powers to direct the time and manner of a ship's entry into, departure from, or movement within

a port. This gives a harbour master the power to regulate day to day movements within the port.

However, it does not permit the harbour master to prohibit or insist upon entry.

Some port authorities have powers to issue general directions but, unlike the harbour master's

powers, these powers are not ship and movement specific. Neither do they enable the port

authority to prohibit or insist upon ship's entry into, departure from, or movement within a port.

Roles of the Port Authority and the Coast Guard: It is envisaged that many incidents will be

handled entirely adequately by implementation the local contingency plan and through the

combined efforts of the port authority, salvors, ship owners and crew, and Coast Guard staff from

the region. In such cases the Coast Guard may not need to issue any directions. But the Coast

Guard will be monitoring the decision and actions being taken and ensuring that they are being

taken in the light of full knowledge of the relevant environment sensitivities and an

ACL INDOMER




understanding of the effects that might ensure.

Command and Control Centre: The SMCU is located either at the port's own ECC or at the

nearest Coast Guard MRCC. Some ports can cope with large salvage operations. In these ports, it

may be advantageous to exercise control using port facilities. The harbour master is a member of

the SMCU and it may be beneficial to maintain their presence at the port so that they can keep

control of to the activities within the port. The decision whether to use the port or Coast Guard

facilities for the SMCU would be predetermined in the local plan taking account of many factors,

including:

• the availability and range of communications equipment (radio link with the casualty,

salvors, and emergency units on scene, spare telephone lines, e-mail facilities, faxes etc.);

• the need for ancillary equipment such as radar equipment for the control of port traffic;

• the availability of local knowledge such as environmentally sensitive areas, bathymetry, port

resources to supplement rescue, salvage and counter pollution efforts;

• size of building and number of rooms available (large rooms for press briefings and

communication, quiet rooms for decision making by the SMCU)

• the availability of support staff; and

• location (ease of access, availability parking).

Division of Responsibility for Clean up

The responsibility for cleanup of pollution on the water and at jetties wharves/ structure within

jurisdiction, and at shoreline owned by the port authority, whatever the source of the pollution,

lies with the port authority. Cleanup of shoreline (including land exposed by falling tide) beyond

port jurisdiction vests with the local administration.

Shoreline and On-Shore Response

In the early stages of an incident, the local administration establishes a response as per its own

contingency plan. When the threat of pollution of the shoreline exceeds the capability of the most

affected local administration, the Coast Guard initiates a national plan response, and that local

administration (or authorities) sets up a Shoreline Response Centre (SRC).

Each local authority's own contingency plan details the mechanism for escalating the response in

accordance with the tiered response concept and specifies how to set up the SRC in the light of

its own practices and organization. These plans also contain the necessary authorization to each

local authority to enable the designated officer directing the SRC to take decision on behalf of the

other local authorities concerned.

An SRC needs to contain representative of all the local authority services that may need to

participate in the clean-up operation, and representative of all local and port authorities that may

become involved. In addition, it contains an Environment Liaison Officer (ELO) nominated by the

ACL INDOMER




Chair of the Environment Group.

Disposal of Recovered Oil

Disposal of recovered oil is a difficult process. The recovered oil is to be stored in temporary

storage devices or pits lined with plastic sheet until transferred to reception facilities. The Guidelines

for disposal of recovered oil and the current list of approved recyclers is are given in NOS -DCP.

7.2.5. Scope of Oil Spill Contingency Plan

An oil spill contingency plan may appear complicated because it provides many details about the

numerous steps required to prepare for and respond to spills. It also covers many different spill

scenarios and addresses many different situations that may arise during or after a spill. Despite its

complexity, a well-designed plan is easy to follow. The Contingency plans always have four major

aspects in common,

• Hazard identification

• Vulnerability analysis

• Risk assessment

• Response actions

Planners use hazard identification and vulnerability analysis for developing risk assessment and

then it is used as a basis for planning specific response action.

Notification

• Spill of any nature shall be notified to the port through signal station. The responsibility of

raising the alarm shall be with the Master of the Ship while the vessel in port limits.

• Preliminary Oil Spill Notification report shall be given to the signal station.

Signal Station

• On receiving and recording the alarm, will communicate the same to the General

Manager (MS)/Chief Manager (MS).

• Make an announcement on Very High Frequency (VHF) about the situation.

• Inform the Agents of the vessel.

• Inform harbour crafts to be ready and should report to response team for further

instructions.

• Activate response team.

• Update Port main office all the reports received from response team.

ACL INDOMER




• As per instructions from main office center inform all other parties.

• Initial crisis notification/ Oil spill notification sheet to be filled up and faxed to main office.

• Maintain record of events and communication log.

• Make an announcement on VHF Ch 16/74 about the latest situation.

Reporting of oil spill should be according to the format and structure given in National Oil Spill

Disaster Contingency Plan (NOS-DCP). The primary aims of an oil spill response are to protect

human health and safety, minimize environmental impacts and to restore the environment as

closer as possible to pre-spill conditions.

The environmental impact of an oil spill can be minimized by good management and planning,

and by the response actions put into effect by the responsible agency. Such actions will largely

depend on several factors viz., the type of oil(s) involved, the size of the spill, the location of the

spill, the prevailing sea and weather conditions at the spill site; and the environmental sensitivity

of the coastline impacted.

Oil Spill Response Techniques has to be planned according to type of accident. Generally, it is

done into three means: (i) Mechanical Recovery (normally done within 6 hrs of the spill), (ii)

Application of Dispersants (as per Guidelines of Coast Guard) and (iii) In-situ burning (seldom

used because of safety to other infrastructure in the area of incident).

The action plan changes according to the quantity of oil spilled as the requirement of handling

equipment and vessels may vary. For this purpose, the action plan is divided into two Tiers, i.e.

Tier-I where the spill is < 700 ton oil and Tier – II where the spill exceeds 700 ton. In Tier-I the

local ports and organizations will normally take the responsibility of controlling spill and recovery

of spilled oil. In Tier-II, the responsibility will be with Coast Guard who is well equipped with

trained man power and equipment including vessels.

The Government of India has established three national oil spill response (OSR) centres at Port

Blair, Chennai and Mumbai under the overall control of Director General, Indian Coast Guard.

However, each OSR is under the control of Regional Commander.

As these action plans are location specific, specific contingency plans are to be developed by Port

Authorities and vetted by the Indian Coast Guard. Accordingly, the Port should have necessary

handling equipment like booms (Recovery booms, Inshore boom and Offshore booms), Recovery

skimmers, Heavy oil recovery equipment, Transfer pumps and Dispersant Application sets. More

importantly trained personnel needed to implement the contingency plan should be recruited in

the company who knows to follow up the procedure/ guidelines set forth by Indian Coast Guard.

The Indian Coast Guard conducts regular training programmes (twice in a year at local level, once

in a year at Regional level and once in three years at National level) for equipment operators and

response personnel at their Mumbai office which meets the requirements of the International

Maritime Organization (IMO) modules.

The following people have to be informed immediately in case of any oil spill incident without

delay:

ACL INDOMER




i) Indian Coast Guard

ii) Ministry of Environment at State (Gujarat)

iii) Other adjacent located ports, if any.

iv) The Collectorate of Kutch district.

v) Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

vi) Department of State Fisheries, Gujarat.

vii) Department of Tourism.

viii) State Disaster Management Authority, Gujarat.

ix) Gujarat Maritime Board.

x) Local Fishing Hamlets and fishermen.

xi) State Forest Department and

xii) State Blue Cross Society.

The following table gives the details of procedure of reporting and their role in case of oil spill for

the Port region.

Action Agency Address/Phone nos.* E-mail*

First hand

information to and

entire planning of

Oil combating

exercise

Indian Coast

Guard

Indian Coast Gurad

(North West)

Gandhinagar - 382010.

Gujarat.

Indian Coast

Guard, New Delhi

Coast Guard

Headquarters, National

Stadium Complex,

New Delhi

Pin Code: 110 001

Tel: 0091-891-2568875

[email protected]

Advise Gujarat Pollution

Control Board

Gujarat Pollution

Control Board

Paryavaran Bhavan,

Sector-10A,

Gandhinagar-382010.

Ph: (079) 2323 2152

[email protected].

Support Gujarat Maritime

Board

GMB Head Quarters

'Sagar Bhavan’

Sector 10-A,

Gandhinagar - 382010.

Gujarat.

Ph: +91 79 23238346

[email protected]

In situ

measurements of

oil concentrations

and finger printing

National Institute

of oceanography,

Goa or other

institution as per

ICG's advise.

NIO, Dona Paula-Goa,

India.

Tel: +91(0)832-

2450450

Fax: +91(0)832-

2450602, -2450603

[email protected]

Prediction

Modelling of oil

Indomer Coastal

Hydraulics (P)

63, Gandhi Road, Alwar

Thirunagar Chennai

[email protected]




ACL INDOMER




Action Agency Address/Phone nos.* E-mail*

movement Ltd., Chennai Pin Code: 600 087.

Tel: 044-24862482-84

Fax: 044-24862484

Contingent action

on spill control

and spraying of

dispersants

Incident management team at Port as per instructions of ICG for Tier-I

*these information have to be updated continuously

Mobilizing Immediate Response

• Dispatch the oil spill combating equipment and activate the response

• Dispatch a vessel to collect a reel of boom, power pack, towing bridles, etc., a skimming

unit and to take a slop barge alongside. Assisted by one of the line boats, the vessel will

maintain 'J' configuration or take instruction from SCO.

• Once in position with the boom deployed, the vessel will deploy the recovery unit into the

oil and commence recovery into flexi barge.

• In high sea states or currents a second vessel may need to assist.

• If oil traveled past the fixed boom, the vessels should proceed to the leading edge of the

slick, deploy the boom, retaining one end, and passing the other end to other available

vessel. The vessel should then take up station such that the boat forms 'J' configurations.

The vessel on the short leg of the boom with the slop barge alongside will deploy the

skimmer unit and recover oil into the slop barge.

• In the event of a large or continuing spillage a second boom should be deployed with two

vessels, one of which will have storage capacity and a recovery unit onboard. This second

containment system will take up station astern of the first boom array. Any oil escaping

from the first system will then be contained by the second boom.

Use of Dispersants

• If oil is not contained, or is unlikely to be contained, SCO recommend who will seek

approval from ICG for use of dispersants.

• While permission is being sought one or two vessels proceed to the leading edge of slick,

deploying dispersant spraying equipment during transit.

• Once on station after firm instruction of on receipt of permission, vessel shall commence

applying dispersant.

ACL INDOMER




Post Cleaning Operations

• The collected oil samples will be sent to the Laboratory for analysis.

• The waste materials will be brought ashore and disposed through CPCB approved recyclers.

7.2.6. Oil Spill Response Procedures

i) Detection and Reporting of Spillage of Oil

• Any person seeing the spill shall report the same by telephone to the Port Control Station.

• The person In-charge of the shift at the jetty where the ship is berthed, involved in

Pollution during cargo/bunker operations will also be responsible for raising the alarm

and shall inform the Port Control Station.

• The Port Control Station on hearing the alarm/receipt of the information will pass the

message to the Harbour Master and all other members of Incident Management Team.

Description of oil spill is given below:

Description of oil spill

Sl. No. Description Appearance

Layer

Thickness

Interval (μm)

Liters /km2 Description of

Appearance

1 Sheen (Silvery / Grey) 0.04 – 0.30 40 - 300 Light reflecting from very

thin oil films

2 Rainbow 0.30 – 5.0 300 – 5000 Range of colors

3 Metallic 5.0 – 50 5000 – 50000 Homogeneous color i.e.

brown, blue or purple

4 Discontinuous True oil

color 50 – 200

50000 –

200000 Broken nature of color

5 Continuous True oil

color

200 to more

than 200

More than

200000

Diffuse in overcast

condition

ii) Assessment and Containment

It is essential to do rapid assessment of the oil spill. Harbor Master will be the authority to assess

the oil spill. If an oil spill has occurred, first collect the weather information and hydrographic

data to find out the movement of the spill and then finalize the action plan to clean up the

spillage. Containment Booms may be used to restrict the movement of oils from spreading

farther distances.

ACL INDOMER




Response Inventory

Tier 1 equipment for pollution response up to 700 tons is required to be held by port facilities. A

list of response equipment to be kept with the port is given below:

Equipment Quantity

Boat with trained

crew One

Skimmer Two

Boom 500 m

Dispersant 1000 L

In addition to the tier 1 equipment, the Indian Coast Guard maintains stockpiles of equipment at

its pollution response teams at Mumbai, Chennai, Port Blair and at Vadinar. The Indian Coast

Guard also operates two dedicated pollution response vessels. Stocks of oil spill dispersant are

additionally held at each Coast Guard Station/ Air Station.

Mutual Aid

Since combating major emergencies might be beyond the capability of individual unit, it is

essential to have mutual aid arrangements with neighbouring industries.

Training and Exercises

The Indian Coast Guard conducts regular training programs and exercises for personnel likely to

be involved in a response to an oil spill in the marine environment. These training programs and

exercises are designed to enable India to have sufficient numbers of trained personnel to mount a

credible and effective response to an oil spill incident. Joint exercise and training programmes may

also be conducted with neighbouring countries to fulfil the requirement of regional oil spill

contingency plan.

Training programs are regularly conducted at two levels, which recognize the overall technical

complexity of managing an oil spill response and that the associated knowledge required by

personnel varies depending on their level of responsibilities.

The two levels of training conducted are:

Level 1 for operator level personnel, i.e. those undertaking on-site clean-up operations. In a

major incident this would also include supervisors appointed as site managers.

Level 2 for middle management personnel responsible for managing the operational

response, e.g. incident controllers, their deputies and environment and scientific

coordinators, and Fire Brigade (Hazardous Materials) specialists.

A certificate of level 1 course is deemed to be valid for a period of five years from the date of

its issue. It is imperative that personnel designated for oil spill response operations undergo periodic

training to maintain currency of certification.

ACL INDOMER




The persons qualified in level 2 course will be designated for carrying out duties as Chief Incident

Controller and Incident Controller.

Mock drills and exercises will be conducted by every port facility and oil installation at such

periodicity and at such scales as required by the Central Coordinating Authority. However, such

mock drills and exercises shall in any case be conducted at least once every three months and a

record shall be maintained of its conduct including the personnel participated, resources mobilized,

etc. Area or regional level exercises will be conducted at least once every six months. National level

pollution response exercises will be conducted at least once a year and involve mobilization of

stakeholder resources.

In addition, communication mock drills will be conducted by the Coast Guard at the national and

area or regional level as required.

Financial Arrangements

Detailed financial records, including all supporting information are required, and are of particular

importance when submitting claims to the Protection and Indemnity (P&I) insurers, as all claims

will be assessed to ensure that the costs are reasonable, and are supported by satisfactory

documentation.

Agencies should have in place appropriate systems to ensure that these requirements are met

and that these are adequately outlined in contingency plans.

In general, costs will be considered "reasonable" if they result from actions:

• undertaken on the basis of a technical appraisal of the incident;

• sought to enhance the natural processes of recovery; and recovery; and

• not undertaken purely for public relations reasons.

Capitation costs for deployment of government ships and aircraft shall be as promulgated by the

Government of India, Government of any coastal State of India, or any other department or

agency of the central or state government.

Record Keeping and Preparation of Claims

In order that claims may be processed with minimum delay, it is essential that accurate records are

maintained to support claims. It should be noted that claims should be based on expenses

actually incurred, that these are made as a direct result of an incident, and that the expenses

incurred are reasonable. In the case of economic loss, documentation supporting the claims

should demonstrate how the claim has been calculated. The following aspects are to be considered

during response operations, and preparation of claims:

• delineation of the area affected describing the extent of pollution and identifying areas

most heavily contaminated. This may be best presented as a map or chart accompanied by

photographs;

• summary of events including a description of the work carried out in different areas and of

ACL INDOMER




the working methods chosen in relation to the circumstantial evidence linking an oil

pollution with the ship involved in the incident (e.g. chemical analysis);

• labour costs (numbers and categories of laborer, rates of pay, hours worked, total costs

etc.);

• dates on which work was carried out (weekly or daily costs); and

• material costs (consumable materials, fuel utilized, food, shelter, etc.).

Preparation of claims shall be guided by the manuals, guidelines etc. published from time to time by

the International Oil Pollution Compensation Funds (IOPC Funds) such as the claims manual and

guidelines for claims in the fisheries and tourism sector.

7.2.7. Port Responsibility

• To be in charge of the overall coordination of oil pollution response actions in jurisdiction.

• To identify suitable tugs, vessels and crafts when required for the operations.

• To identify surface crafts on which dispersant spraying equipment can be mounted, and

which can be used for rigging the boom.

• To ensure that for the purpose of part XIII of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958, actions are

taken by the various authorities under the overall legal responsibility of the receiver of

wrecks.

• To ensure that at least the minimum equipment is kept available locally at all times.

• To arrange for training of personnel expected to be engaged in above operations.

• To arrange for periodical mock drills and exercises so as to keep equipment and personnel on

continuous readiness for oil spill response operations.

• To consult the ICG, DG Shipping, OISD or other authority, when further advice/ assistance is

required.

• To keep the ICG apprised of actions being taken.

ACL INDOMER




8. Modelling Studies

8.1. Introduction

The proposed jetty and Desalination plant in the water front area of Lakhpat in Kori creek will have

the following establishments in the nearshore region for loading/unloading and transportation of

cargoes.

• Construction of berthing jetty with trestle and approach road with pipe culverts to allow

seawater to pass through.

• Desalination plant with seawater intake and brine reject outfall.

Construction of berthing jetty with trestle and approach road (protruding into the sea) in Kori creek

might have direct or indirect impact to the natural coastal processes in the nearshore region.

Similarly, discharge of brine reject will have impact on the marine community if disposed off at

inappropriate location. This trifling impact on the marine environment can predicted through

mathematical modelling studies.

Proponent has appointed M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited as a technical

consultant to carry out mathematical modelling studies on

(i) Offshore wave analysis at proposed jetty locations along with flow pattern assessment.

(ii) Cyclone modelling studies.

(iii) Hydrodynamic studies to find out the suitable location of jetty, orientation and approach

bund optimization.

Findings of mathematical modelling studies conducted by M/s Howe Engineering Projects India

Private Limited is presented in report entitled "Kori Creek Cement Jetty and Offshore Anchorage

DPR studies (Numerical Modeling Studies)".

Indomer has carried out Hydrodynamic secondary dispersion model study (MIKE 21) to identify and

fix the feasible location of seawater intake & outfall diffuser for mixing of brine reject at offshore. It is

essential to understand the tide and flow characteristics in and around the vicinity of outfall during

different tidal condition over a Spring - Neap tidal cycle. Details of Advection Dispersion study is

presented below.

8.2. Proposed Marine Facilities

The proposed marine facilities for the additional facility of 9 MLD desalination plant consists of:

i) Construction of intake well with intake head

ii) Outfall pipeline with outfall diffuser

iii) Construction of seawater sump with pump house on the land

Proposed location of desalination plant with intake and outfall location is shown in Fig. 2.5.

ACL INDOMER




8.2.1. Seawater Intake

Intake Volume: The seawater requirement for the RO (Reverse Osmosis) plant will be 30 MLD

~1250 m3/hour ~ 0.347 m3/s.

Intake description: The seawater intake well will be located immediate to east of berthing jetty at

a distance of 4000 m from the desalination plant at 8.8 m CD (Chart Datum) water depth.

8.2.2. Brine Reject

Outfall volume: The brine discharge into the sea from the desalination plant is 21 MLD ~ 875

m3/hour ~0.243 m3/s.

Brine outfall description: The outfall diffuser will be located immediate to west of berthing jetty

at 4500 m distance from the desalination plant at a water depth of 8.6 m CD. The salinity of the

brine reject released into the sea will be 57 ppt, which will have the salinity difference of 17 ppt

higher than the seawater ambient salinity of 40 ppt. The outfall diffuser will have multi ports of 6

nos. x 250 mm diameter (ID). The ports will be oriented 30° to the horizontal. The discharge will

comply with the water quality standards stipulated by Central Pollution Control Board.

8.3. Modelling Approach

DHI - MIKE 21 model is comprised of the modules on Hydrodynamic – HD and Dispersion model. These models have been developed by Danish Hydraulic Institute (DHI), Denmark, and are being

used worldwide for many coastal engineering applications. The flow chart of the model

describing the approach followed in the present study is given below.

ACL INDOMER




Flow chart showing modelling approach for Initial dilution and dispersion study

8.4. Model Setup

8.4.1. Units and Conventions

Units: Units of all parameters and variables in the model study are according to international SI

conventions. Coordinate system: The coordinate system used for model grid generation and

other horizontal positioning was UTM based on WGS 84 spheroid. Vertical reference level: The

depth information used in the tidal flow models is relative to Mean Sea Level (MSL); depths below

MSL are defined negative.

Directions: Current – Ocean current directions refer to the direction towards which the flow is

taking place. Directions of the flow are always given clockwise with respect to North. The Unit is

degrees, where 360 degrees cover the circle. Wind - Wind directions refer to the direction from

which the wind is approaching the observer. Directions of the wind are always given clockwise

with respect to North. The Unit is degrees, where 360 degrees cover the circle. Wave - Wave

directions refer to the direction from which the wave (orthogonal) is approaching. Directions of

the wave are always given clockwise with respect to North. The Unit is degrees, where 360

degrees cover the circle.

ACL INDOMER




8.4.2. Model Domain

The model domain covers an area of approximately 15 km along the coast and 10 km across the

coast. Model domain with bathymetry is shown in Fig. 8.1.

8.4.3. Depth Schematization

For the schematization of depths in the flow model, the depths of the sea were extracted from

different sources viz., i) DHI - MIKE 21 – C Map data base, ii) Indian Naval Hydrographic Charts

corresponding to this region and iii) available measured bathymetry at the site.

Depth schematization or setting up bathymetries at model grid points has always been one of the

most tedious, expensive and yet crucial part of any coastal modelling problem. The time and

effort required for bathymetry preparation is now greatly reduced by the availability of the MIKE-

C-MAP's worldwide electronic chart database. The C-MAP database and the program to extract

the bathymetric data over the selected area have been developed jointly by DHI and C-MAP,

Norway.

8.5. Initial Dilution - CORMIX Model

The dilution of any return water (brine in this case) released in a natural water body takes place in

2 stages, viz., i) initial dilution due to jet mixing, and ii) secondary dispersion due to turbulence.

The extent of initial dilution is controlled by the engineering design of the diffuser. For a

proposed design of the diffuser port the behaviour of the return water jet plume is designed and

estimated using CORMIX model. Once the return water rises to the water surface as the water

moves away from the outfall location the subsequent dilution takes place by larger scale

turbulence in the horizontal direction. This second stage is controlled by the prevailing currents

and turbulence that exist in the coastal region. Such secondary dispersion is estimated using

DHI-MIKE 21- FLOW -Dispersion model.

The Cornell Mixing Zone Expert System (CORMIX) is a software module for the analysis,

prediction, and design of aqueous toxic or conventional pollutant discharges into diverse water

bodies. It is a widely accepted and recommended analysis tool in US on granting permission for

industrial, municipal, thermal, and other point source discharges to receiving waters. It is used to

predict the geometry and dilution characteristics of the initial mixing zone and also the behavior

of the discharge plume at larger distances.

8.5.1. Methodology

The highly user-interactive CORMIX system is organized with three subsystems: (i) CORMIX1- for

the analysis of submerged single port discharges, (ii) CORMIX2- for the analysis of submerged

multiport diffuser discharges and (iii) CORMIX3- for the analysis of buoyant surface discharges.

Several post-processing options are available like, CORJET (the Cornell Buoyant Jet Integral

Model) for the detailed analysis of the near-field behaviour of buoyant jets, FFLOCATR (the Far-

Field Plume Locator) for the far-field delineation of discharge plumes in non-uniform river or

estuary environments, and CMXGRAPH, a graphics package for plume plotting.

ACL INDOMER




Hydrodynamic Mixing Processes: The mixing behaviour of any effluent discharge is governed by

the interplay of ambient conditions in the receiving water body and by the discharge

characteristics. The ambient conditions in the receiving water body are described by the water

body's geometric and dynamic characteristics such as: plan shape, vertical cross-sections, and

bathymetry, especially in the discharge vicinity. Dynamic characteristics are given by the velocity

and density distribution in the water body, again primarily in the discharge vicinity. The discharge

conditions relate to the geometric and flux characteristics of the submerged outfall installation.

For a single port discharge the port diameter, its elevation above the bottom and its orientation

provide the geometry; for multiport diffuser installations the arrangement of the individual ports

along the diffuser line, the orientation of the diffuser line, and construction details represent

additional geometric features; and for surface discharges the cross-section and orientation of the

flow entering the ambient watercourse are important. The distinction between near-field and far-

field is made purely on hydrodynamic grounds and it is unrelated to any regulatory mixing zone

definitions.

8.5.2. Design Details

Cormix has been used to estimate the initial dilution for discharge. The total discharge will be

21000 m3/day. The outfall diffuser will have multi ports of 6 nos. x 250 mm diameter (ID). The

ports will be oriented 30° to the horizontal.

Model: The various input parameters to the CORMIX model to determine the behaviour of the

return water jet plume around the proposed diffuser port are given below.

CORMIX SESSION REPORT:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CORMIX MIXING ZONE EXPERT SYSTEM

CORMIX Version 11.0 GTH

DYDRO: Version-11.0.0.0

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SITE NAME/LABEL : Lakhpat

DESIGN CASE : ACL - Lakhpat

FILE NAME:C : C \Program Files (x86) \CORMIX 11.0\Lakhpat.prd

Using subsystem BCORMIX2 : Multiport Diffuser Brine Discharges

Start of session :12/29/2018--17:41:25

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY OF INPUT DATA:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AMBIENT PARAMETERS:

Cross-section = unbounded

Average depth HA = 8.6 m

Depth at discharge HD = 8.6 m

Ambient velocity UA = 0.9 m/s

Darcy-Weisbach friction factor F = 0.01

Wind velocity UW = 1 m/s

Stratification Type STRCND = U

Surface density RHOAS = 1024 kg/m^3

Bottom density RHOAB = 1024 kg/m^3

ACL INDOMER




----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DISCHARGE PARAMETERS: Submerged Multiport Diffuser Discharge

Diffuser type DITYPE = unidirectional perpendicular

Diffuser length LD = 25 m

Nearest bank = right

Diffuser endpoints YB1 = 275 m; YB2 = 300 m

Number of openings NOPEN = 6

Number of Risers NRISER = 6

Ports/Nozzles per Riser NPPERR = 1

Spacing between risers/openings SPAC = 5 m

Port/Nozzle diameter D0 = 0.25 m

Contraction ratio = 1

Total area of openings TA0 = 0.2945 m^2

Discharge velocity U0 = 0.81 m/s

Total discharge flowrate Q0 = 0.243 m^3/s

Discharge port height H0 = 1 m

Nozzle arrangement BETYPE = unidirectional without fanning

Diffuser alignment angle GAMMA = 90 deg

Vertical discharge angle THETA = 30 deg

Actual Vertical discharge angle THEAC = 30 deg

Horizontal discharge angle SIGMA = 0 deg

Relative orientation angle BETA = 90 deg

Discharge density RHO0 = 1027 kg/m^3

Density difference DRHO = -3 kg/m^3

Discharge concentration KD = 17000 mg/l

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NON-DIMENSIONAL PARAMETERS:

Slot Froude number FR0 = 48.52

Port/nozzle Froude number FRD0 = 9.61

Velocity ratio R = 0.89

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

D-CORMIX PREDICTION FILE:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FLOW CLASSIFICATION

X-Y-Z Coordinate system:

ORIGIN is located directly at the LEFT bank/shore.

X - axis points downstream,

Y - axis points to left,

Z - axis points upward.

S - hydrodynamic average (bulk) dilution

ACL INDOMER




Initial Dilution – CORMIX results

Cumulative travel time = 559 sec = 9.31 min Dilution 25 times in 500 m distance

Discussion

The study on CORMIX model shows the mixing zone will extend upto 500 m from the diffuser

port location. Within this zone, it undergoes dilution of the order of 25 times in 9.31 minutes.

Thereafter the initial dilution, the secondary dispersion take place due to convection currents and

undergoes further dilution. The secondary dispersion characteristics are studied in detail using

MIKE 21 model.

8.6. Flow Model

The tide induced flow fields over the project area are determined using MIKE 21 HD

(hydrodynamic) module with appropriate boundary conditions.

8.6.1. Model Description

The MIKE 21 Flow module (HD) is a modelling system for two dimensional free-surface flows. It

calculates non-steady flow and transport phenomena that result from tidal and meteorological

forcing on a spherical, or rectilinear or curvilinear boundary fitted grid. This module is applicable

for the simulation of flow fields in natural water bodies, such as lakes, estuaries, bays, coastal

areas and seas, wherever stratification can be neglected. The output of the HD module is also

used as input for many of the other MIKE 21 modules, viz., Advection-Dispersion module (AD),

Sediment Transport module (ST), Particle tracking (PA) and the Environmental module (ECO).

The MIKE 21 Flow module is a multi-dimensional 2D, which solves shallow-water equations for

given boundary conditions to compute non-steady flow fields in response to a variety of

environmental forcing and processes in natural water bodies. The environmental forcing and

processes include: bottom shear stress, wind shear stress, barometric pressure gradients, Coriolis

force, momentum dispersion, sources and sinks, evaporation, flooding and drying and wave

radiation stresses.

It uses an Alternate Direction Implicit (ADI) Finite Difference Method on staggered orthogonal

grids and also has the option to use Finite Element Method. The basic shallow-water equations

in the Cartesian co-ordinate system used in the HD flow module are:

X (m) Y (m) Z (m) S

0.00 0.00 - 8.60 1

500 0.00 - 8.97 25

ACL INDOMER




Continuity equation:

Momentum equations in x- and y- directions:

Symbol List:

(x, y, t) - Water surface level above datum (m)

p(x, y, t) - flux density in the x-direction (m3/s/m)

q(x, y, t) - flux density in the y-direction (m3/s/m)

h(x, y, t) - water depth (m)

S - source magnitude per unit horizontal area (m3/s/m2)

iXS , iYS - source impulse in x and y-directions m3/s/m2.m/s)

e - evaporation rate (m/s)

g - gravitational acceleration (m/s2)

C - Chezy resistance No. (m1/2/s)

Ka - Water

airwC

Cw - wind friction factor

W, WX, WY (x, y, t) - wind speed and components in x - and y – directions (m/s)

pa (x, y, t) - barometric pressure (Kg/m/s2)

ρw - density of water (kg/m3)

Ω - Coriolis coefficient (latitude dependent) (s-1)

ε(x, y) - eddy or momentum dispersion coefficient (m2/s)

x, y - space coordinates (m)

t - time (s)

+

=

Y

uh

YX

uh

XF YXEX ....

+

=

Y

uh

YX

uh

XF YXEY ....

bxF = h

p

h

q

h

p

C

g.

2

2

2

2

2+

byF = h

q

h

q

h

p

C

g.

2

2

2

2

2+

ACL INDOMER




8.6.2. Boundary Conditions

The model domain is forced by the tidal water level variations along the open sea boundaries.

For the generation of these boundary conditions, the MIKE 21 C-Map data base or DHI Global

tide data base can be used. These boundary conditions for the model domain are prescribed as

time series of tidal water level variations along the open boundaries of the model.

If the tidal constituents along the boundaries of the model domain are available, then the

boundary conditions are represented by:

Where,

ht = water level at time t

Ao = mean value of the signal

Ai = amplitude of component i

fi = nodal amplitude factor of component i

i = angular frequency of component i

(v0+u) i = astronomic argument of component i

gi = phase lag of component i

For the model domain, the Global tides were applied along the southern boundary and on the

northern boundary. Along the eastern boundary, the tide levels linearly interpolated between

the south and north boundaries have been imposed.

8.6.3. Calibration

The model is calibrated using simulated and predicted tides. A good agreement was observed

between the simulated tides and the predicted tides. The comparison between simulated and

predicted tides is shown in Fig. 8.2.

8.6.4. Simulations

The tide induced flow field inside the Kori creek was simulated to represent the flow over two

lunar tidal cycle covering 29 days from 15th September 2018 to 15th October 2018. This period

has been chosen for simulation which can form as good representation for the various tidal

cycles occurring over the year. The simulation of hydrodynamic flow field was carried out for the

proposed berthing jetty with approach trestle and rock bund.

8.7. Secondary Dispersion – MIKE 21 Model

8.7.1. Advection and Dispersion

The Dispersion module of the MIKE 21 model suite simulates dispersion of return water in an

aquatic environment under the influence of the fluid transport and associated natural dispersion

process. The dispersing substance may be conservative or non-conservative, inorganic or

organic: e.g. salt, heat, dissolved oxygen, inorganic phosphorus, nitrogen and other such water

quality parameters. Applications of the MIKE 21 AD module are in principle essential for two

types of investigations, viz., i) cooling water recirculation studies for power plants and salt

ACL INDOMER




recirculation studies for desalination plants, and ii) water quality studies connected with sewage

outfalls and non-point pollution sources.

This module determines the concentration of the dispersing substance by solving the equation

of conservation of mass for a dissolved or suspended substance. The concentration of the

substance is calculated at each point of a rectangular grid covering the area of interest using a

two-dimensional finite difference scheme. Information on the transport, i.e. currents and water

depths at each point of the grid, are provided by the MIKE 21 HD module. Other data required

in the model include effluent volume discharged, the concentration of the pollutant, initial and

the boundary conditions.

Governing Equation

The MIKE 21 AD module solves the advection-dispersion equation for dissolved or suspended

substances in two dimensions. This is in reality the mass-conservation equation to which

quantities of substances discharged and their concentrations at source and sink points are

included together with their decay rate.

Symbol list

C - compound concentration (arbitrary units)

u, v - horizontal velocity components in the x, y directions (m/s)

h - water depth (m)

Dx, Dy - dispersion coefficients in the x, y directions (m2/s)

F - linear decay coefficient (1/s)

S - Qs. (Cs – C)

Qs - Source / sink discharge per unit horizontal area (m3/s/ m2)

Cs - concentration of compound in the source / sink discharge.

Information on u, v and h at each time step is provided by the MIKE 21 HD module.

8.7.2. Input to Dispersion Model

The volume of discharge into the sea will be 21 MLD (=21000 m3/day ≈ 875 m3/hour ≈ 0.243

m3/s). The salinity of the return water released into the sea will be 57 ppt, which will have a

salinity difference of 17 ppt above the seawater ambient salinity of 40 ppt.

8.7.3. Dispersion of Brine Reject

In the secondary dispersion studies, the discharge of return water introduced at any grid cell is

assumed to be uniformly dispersed over the entire volume of water in this grid cell. The flow

field induced by tides and the reject water mixing patterns for a period of one lunar month

covering spring and neap tidal phase were simulated. The mixing of brine reject during the flood

and ebb tidal phases are described below.

ACL INDOMER




8.8. Results on Currents & Secondary Dispersion

During the simulation period the wind speed over the sea (Kori creek) are expected to be less,

and the sea appears to be calm without the influence of high waves at the interior regions of

creek. The tide induced flow field in the project region with the construction of jetty and rock

bund are described below.

Flow field with berthing jetty, trestle and approach road during spring and neap tidal phase is

considered for the secondary dispersion study. Output of the Advection – Dispersion study is

explained below.

Spring tide

Flow: The flow pattern in the project region with the construction of jetty during different phases

of tide on a spring tidal day are shown in Fig. 8.3. During the peak flood flow, the tidal induced

current speed reaches up to 1.1 m/s and it is directed towards northeast. During the peak ebb

flow, the current speed reaches up to 0.9 m/s and directed towards southwest. During the slack

hours, the current speed remained very small (< 0.02 m/s) and it was reversing its direction.

With the construction of proposed jetty, the current pattern during flood flow close to the jetty

head reaches a maximum of 1.0 m/s and it is directed towards northeast during flood flow.

Similarly, the current pattern during ebb flow close to the jetty head reaches a maximum of 0.8

m/s and it is directed towards southwest during flood flow.

Salinity: The mixing pattern of the brine reject in the nearshore region is shown in Fig. 8.4. The

brine (∆S=17 ppt) discharged in the nearshore waters undergoes dilution with maximum current

speed reaching upto 1.1 m/s, it reaches the salinity of 2 ppt (∆S = 17 ppt) art 110 m from the

outfall.

Neap tide

The flow pattern in the project region with the construction of jetty during different phases of

tide on a neap tidal day are shown in Fig. 8.5. During the peak flood flow, the tidal current speed

reaches up to 0.7 m/s and it is directed towards northeast. During the peak ebb flow, the current

speed reaches up to 0.6 m/s and directed towards southwest. During the slack hours, the current

speed remained very small (< 0.02 m/s) and it was reversing its direction.

During the neap tide, the current pattern during flood flow close to the jetty head reaches a

maximum of 0.6 m/s and it is directed towards northeast during flood flow. Similarly, the current

pattern during ebb flow close to the jetty head reaches a maximum of 0.5 m/s and it is directed

towards southwest during flood flow.

Salinity: The mixing pattern of the brine reject in the nearshore region is shown in Fig. 8.6. The

brine (∆S=17 ppt) discharged in the nearshore waters undergoes dilution with maximum current

speed reaching upto 0.6 m/s, it reaches the salinity of 2 ppt (∆S=17 ppt) at 280 m from the

outfall.

ACL INDOMER




The MIKE 21 modelling studies indicate that the difference in salinity of 2 ppt from ambient will

be experienced in 280 m distance from the outfall diffuser. The increase in turbulent due to

stronger currents (> 0.2 m/s) induced by monsoon wind and rough seas would enhance the

mixing during monsoon periods.

Thus, the studies show that the impact due to the discharge of the brine reject at 4500 m

offshore would be insignificant. Hence, it is recommended that the brine reject can be

discharged in Kori creek at the suggested location.

8.9. Ship/Wave Tranquility in Kori Creek

The ship/wave tranquility study inside the Kori creek has been carried out in detail by Howe

Engineering Projects India Private Limited, Ahmedabad and submitted a detailed Project Report

entitled 'Kori creek cement jetty and offshore anchorage DPR studies' in July 2018.

8.9.1. Waves at Offshore Near Anchorage Point

ERA Interim data are produced by the ECMWF, which is a global atmospheric reanalysis from

1900 to 2010. ERA Interim is the first to perform reanalysis using adaptive and fully automated

bias corrections of observations (Dee and Uppala, 2008). The parameters such as significant wave

height (Hs), mean wave direction and mean wave period can be obtained with 3 hourly fields

covering the whole globe at a space resolution of 0.5°. Joint distribution of Significant Wave

Height (Hs) Vs Wave Direction at offshore is given in Table 8.1. The wave data base location (ERA

Interim data) is shown below.

Locations of ERA Interim data

Offshore Wave Data

ACL INDOMER




Extreme Waves:

Fundamentally, extreme values are necessarily outside the range of the available observations,

results in an extrapolation from the observed sea states to unknown period is required. An

estimate of anticipated wave height can be furnished using historical wave hind cast data or

field observed data with the help of various distribution models suggested that the estimation

of extreme values should rely on methods based on extreme value theory which makes use of

the largest of the observations in the sample. The detailed statistical results of extreme value

prediction using the annual maximum (AM) and Peaks Over Threshold (POT) sampled

observations are commonly used. Other methods commonly used extreme value statistical

methods are generalized extreme value, or GEV, generalized Pareto distribution, or GPD,

equivalent storm based on the concept of sea storm and equivalent power storm model and

probability distribution models Gumbel and Weibull. The accuracy of any methodology for

extreme values significantly depends on the length of the recorded time series.

In the recent years, the performance of wave models has appreciably improved, with better

quality of the wind fields and enhancement in numerical wave modelling. The meteorological

centres like European Centre for Medium Range Weather Forecasts (ECMWF) operate global

wave models using altimeter wind data. The process combines numerical wave model and

observations of diverse sorts in the best possible ways to generate a consistent, global estimate

of the various atmospheric, wave and oceanographic parameters. Present study is based on the

111 years wave hindcast by ECMWF. Parameters used for the analysis are significant wave height

(total), swell wave height, mean wave period, wave direction, wind speed and direction.

Extreme Estimation Methods:

Generalized Extreme Value Distribution:

The generalized extreme-value (GEV) distribution, introduced by Jenkinson, has found many

applications in hydrology. It was recommended for at-site flood frequency analysis in the United

Kingdom [Natural Environmental Research Council (NERC)], for rainfall frequency in the United

States, and for sea waves. For regional frequency analysis the GEV distribution has received

special attention since the introduction of the index-flood procedure based on probability

weighted moments (PWM) by Wallis (Eduardo S. & Stedinger.J.R., 2000). An advantage of

maximum-likelihood estimators is that they can employ censored information without difficulty.

To take advantage of the efficiency of L moments in small samples for the GEV distribution with

regional flood data and historical flood information.

Probability Distribution Function

ACL INDOMER




Cumulative Distribution Function

The estimation models used in this study to obtain extreme wave return values include the GEV

and the GPD, which are currently being adopted for the standard practice in mainstream extreme

statistics. Each distribution was fit to the data using the maximum likelihood estimate (MLE)

method and the probability weighted moments (PWM) method. Using the min-max criteria

Thresholding of hydrodynamic variables has been carried out in the current study. Table 8.2 show

estimated wind and wave parameters for the offshore location near the Kori entrance.

8.9.2. Wave Tranquility Using SWAN Model

To obtain realistic estimates of random, short-crested, waves for a given bottom topography,

the numerical wave model SWAN was used with reliable accuracy. SWAN (acronym for

Simulating Waves Nearshore) is a third-generation stand-alone (phase-averaged) wave model

ideal for simulation of waves in coastal waters. In brief, SWAN includes the effects of refraction,

shoaling, friction, wave breaking and wave-wave interactions. The model is best suited to the

transformation of wave energy spectra in relatively large coastal areas. It is so particularly in

areas where the features of the seabed, such as offshore banks, result in depth-induced wave

breaking and wave-wave interactions. SWAN simulates the following physical phenomena: (i)

Wave generation by wind; (ii) Wave propagation in time and space; (iii) Non-linear wave

interactions; (iv) White capping, friction and depth induced breaking.

SWAN is useful in regions like partially enclosed bays, estuaries, lochs or fjords where wave

conditions comprise of offshore waves and waves generated locally by winds. The inclusion of

wave growth due to winds in spectral wave models also enables their use in assessing, for

example, the combined effect of the propagation of offshore waves with local winds, not

necessarily correlated with the predominant offshore wave direction. We have conducted swan

simulations on regular grid with nesting.

Wave tranquility at jetty location:

A SWAN wave model was set-up to establish wave conditions with offshore operational offshore

boundary wave conditions derived from ECMWF wave data analysis. The model consists of two

nested grids of increasingly high resolution (Fig. 8.7). The outer grid is of 300 m x 300 m while

the coastal grid has a spacing of 90 m x 90 m. Output of the model is the coastal wave climate.

Spectrum generated at the boundary points of inner grid by the outer model is transferred

(boundary spectrum) to fine grid for computation of wave parameters for the fine grid. The

model is run with options activated for breaking, quadruplets, triads, quads and white capping.

ACL INDOMER




It assumed a JONSWAP spectrum formulation with a frictional coefficient 0.067, the

recommended values for wind waves.

The SWAN model results were used to analyse wave conditions at the proposed berths and

adjoining area under specified operational and design conditions. Nearshore wave climate for

each offshore wind, wave, and water level 4.37 m (HWS) for the return period 1, 5, 25, 50 and 100

years are estimated. Results from each condition were extracted and analysed and is presented in

the Table 8.3. Predominant direction of waves entering the creek is the SW sector. All sectors,

wave energy are significantly dissipated over the shallow area in the creek. Wave energy is

reaching the jetty primarily through the channel and the south to west sector. To resolve the

direction properly five directions between south and west are considered for simulation.

The SWAN model results were used to analyse wave conditions at the proposed berths and

adjoining area under specified operational and design conditions. A set of offshore conditions

selected during the offshore wave data analysis were simulated to get the wave climate near the

jetty. Near the Jetty wave climate for each offshore wind, wave, and water level 4.37 m for the

return period 1 and 100 years are presented in Fig. 8.8 to 8.13 respectively. Point results at 5m

6m and 7m contour for each offshore condition was extracted and analysed for the jetty

location and is presented in the Table 8.3. Predominant direction of waves entering the creek is

the SW sector. All sectors, wave energy are significantly dissipated over the shallow area in the

creek. Wave energy is reaching the proposed berthing jetty primarily through the channel and

the south to west sector. Significant wave heights at the berths can reach about 0.83m during

operational conditions while it reaches 1 m during the normal extreme events of 100 years

return periods.

Peak periods drop to 4 s or below and noticed that locally generated waves (wind waves) are

dominant at the berth and adjoining area. Wave direction at the berths varies from 204°N to

255°N.

8.9.3. Conclusion

The wave tranquility study shows the wave parameters near the jetty will be vary from offshore

anchorage point.

• The inshore wave period varies from 2.5 s to 4 s indicating all waves reaching the

berthing pocket are wind waves or swell component is negligible.

• Wave heights for return periods 1 year to 100 year varies from 0.76 to 0.97 m in

respective return periods in the direction of waves.

ACL INDOMER




Table 8.1. Significant Wave Height (Hs) Vs Wave Direction percentage distribution for the offshore

Wave direction °N

Hs range(m) p(x>hs) <15 15-45 45-75 75-105 105-135 135-165 165-195 195-225 225-255 255-285 285-315 315-345

0.00-0.25 1 0.002 0.004 0.021 0.196 0.07 0.006 0.002

0.25-0.50 0.99699 0.039 0.088 0.323 0.48 0.543 0.959 6.546 4.697 1.885 0.518 0.101 0.043

0.50-0.75 0.83476 0.146 0.6 1.866 1.128 0.668 0.654 2.364 6.559 4.889 1.906 0.331 0.11

0.75-1.00 0.62255 0.076 0.703 1.774 0.376 0.115 0.099 0.193 3.816 5.61 2.134 0.252 0.08

1.00-1.25 0.47027 0.013 0.451 0.854 0.057 0.019 0.012 0.018 3.14 5.534 1.543 0.161 0.021

1.25-1.50 0.35204 0.003 0.248 0.351 0.008 0.001 0.001 0.018 3.157 4.788 0.884 0.077 0.008

1.50-1.75 0.25660 0.077 0.123 0.003 0.005 3.903 3.721 0.439 0.028 0.002

1.75-2.00 0.17357 0.028 0.029 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.004 3.898 2.92 0.178 0.021 0.001

2.00-2.25 0.10273 0.01 0.008 0.001 0.001 0.002 2.77 2.209 0.07 0.014

2.25-2.50 0.05188 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.004 1.368 1.583 0.029 0.01

2.50-2.75 0.02186 0.001 0.511 0.825 0.019 0.009

2.75-3.00 0.0082 0.107 0.399 0.009 0.004

3.00-3.25 0.00301 0.02 0.167 0.003

3.25-3.50 0.00111 0.005 0.07 0.002

3.50-3.75 0.00035 0.026

3.75-4.00 0.00009 0.007

4.00-4.25 0.00002 0.002

4.25-4.50 0.00001 0.001

% in each direction→ 0.277 2.207 5.33 2.057 1.354 1.75 9.35 34.021 34.642 7.736 1.008 0.265

ACL INDOMER




Table 8.2. Estimated wind and wave parameters for the offshore location near the entrance

Return

period

(year)

Hs

(m)

Mean

Period, Tm

(s)

Wind

speed

(m/s)

1 2.47 10.37 11.00

2 2.29 10.51 11.51

5 2.54 11.10 12.04

25 2.91 11.98 12.83

50 3.06 12.34 13.16

100 3.22 12.71 13.49

200 3.37 13.07 13.81

500 3.57 13.54 14.24

ACL INDOMER




Table 8.3. Extreme wave parameters at different return periods at the proposed jetty

Return

period

Offshore

direction

(°N)

Wave

parameters at

7m depth

Wave

parameters at

6m depth

Wave

parameters at

5m depth

Hs Tp dir Hs Tp dir Hs Tp dir

1

180 0.60 2.62 207.14 0.59 2.66 206.44 0.59 2.71 206.53

202.5 0.71 3.75 229.03 0.70 3.67 228.56 0.70 3.60 228.24

225 0.77 3.89 239.57 0.76 3.81 239.50 0.76 3.71 238.85

247.5 0.77 3.71 245.41 0.75 3.64 245.78 0.76 3.60 245.28

270 0.68 3.37 252.89 0.67 3.35 253.86 0.67 3.33 253.90

5

180 0.66 2.79 207.92 0.65 2.79 207.15 0.65 2.83 207.28

202.5 0.77 3.92 229.20 0.76 3.88 228.70 0.76 3.75 228.38

225 0.83 3.90 239.66 0.82 3.85 239.55 0.82 3.78 238.88

247.5 0.83 3.84 245.84 0.82 3.77 246.27 0.82 3.73 245.83

270 0.74 3.52 253.40 0.73 3.50 254.40 0.73 3.49 254.35

25

180 0.73 2.89 208.39 0.73 2.90 207.32 0.73 2.98 207.19

202.5 0.85 3.98 229.18 0.84 3.92 228.48 0.85 3.86 228.06

225 0.92 4.04 240.05 0.90 3.97 239.93 0.91 3.94 239.31

247.5 0.90 3.94 246.35 0.89 3.88 246.78 0.89 3.84 246.31

270 0.83 3.67 253.76 0.82 3.64 254.77 0.82 3.62 254.88

50

180 0.75 2.99 206.51 0.75 3.00 205.56 0.75 3.04 205.54

202.5 0.88 3.92 229.01 0.87 3.90 228.40 0.87 3.88 228.05

225 0.94 3.95 240.69 0.93 3.93 240.66 0.94 3.93 240.00

247.5 0.94 3.92 247.12 0.93 3.90 247.67 0.94 3.90 247.36

270 0.88 3.74 254.25 0.87 3.70 255.34 0.87 3.68 255.50

100

180 0.78 3.05 206.67 0.77 3.04 205.68 0.78 3.08 205.65

202.5 0.91 3.96 229.34 0.90 3.93 228.70 0.90 3.91 228.31

225 0.97 4.02 240.76 0.96 3.99 240.68 0.97 3.98 240.05

247.5 0.96 3.93 247.34 0.95 3.92 247.89 0.95 3.92 247.55

270 0.91 3.78 254.59 0.89 3.74 255.72 0.90 3.73 255.91

FIG. 8.1. BATHYMETRY

INTAKE

OUTFALL

JETTY WITH TRESTLE

&

APPROACH BOND

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

DATE

-3.0

-2.0

-1.0

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0T

idal

Ele

vat

ion

w.r

.t.

M.S

.L (

m)

FIG. 8.2. COMPARISION OF SIMULATED AND PREDICTED TIDE NEAR TO JETTY

October 2018

Predicted TideSimulated Tide

September 2018

FIG. 8.3. FLOW FIELD – SPRING TIDE

Flood Phase

Ebb Phase

INTAKE OUTFALL

LAND

LAND

JETTY WITH TRESTLE & APPROACH BOND

FIG. 8.4. SECONDARY DISPERSION – SPRING TIDE

Flood Phase

Ebb Phase

INTAKE OUTFALL

LAND

LAND

JET`TY WITH TRESTLE & APPROACH BOND

FIG. 8.5. SECONDARY DISPERSION – NEAP TIDE

Flood Phase

Ebb Phase

INTAKE OUTFALL

LAND

LAND


FIG. 8.6. FLOW FIELD – NEAP TIDE

Flood Phase

Ebb Phase

INTAKE OUTFALL

LAND

LAND


Fig. 8.7. Outer grid domain and bathymetry (top) inner grid domain and bathymetry (bottom)

Fig. 8.8. Wave climate of 1 Year return period at proposed cement jetty region for the offshore

wave direction 180°N





Fig. 8.11. Wave climate of 100 Year return period at proposed cement jetty region for the


ACL INDOMER




9. PROJECT BENEFITS

9.1. Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure

The beneficial impact of proposed project on the civic amenities will be substantial after the

commencement of project activities. The basic requirement of the community needs will be

strengthened by building roads/strengthening of existing roads in the area. Adani Cementation

Limited (ACL) will make efforts to improve the facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the

living standards of local communities. The project will also contribute to

• Development of basic local amenities

• Expansion/development/improvements in road network

• Exposure to modern technologies used in production

• Increase in local income

9.2. Improvement in the Social Infrastructure

Adani Enterprises Limited (AEL)the flagship company of Adani Group believes that an effective

growth policy must also take into account the fulfillment of basic needs of the masses, especially

of those living in rural areas. AEL has one of the best social infrastructure proposals which are

based on the implementation already done by APSEZ and APL at Mundra, in the core area of

health, education, sustainable livelihood options & women empowerment, community

infrastructure, youth sport & cultural activities, calamity management. AEL is strictly committed

and is going to implement the proposal to uplift the social infrastructure surroundings the plant

area.

The project will have positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the region. The project

will create more job opportunities and avenues for income generation. As a result, it will lead to

various indirect employment opportunities. People will have higher earning and buying capacities

and their standard of living will increase. The employment generation also reduces the migration

of local people to nearby areas.

9.3. Employment Potential

Significant employment opportunities will be generated from the proposed project. During

construction phase and operational phase 630 and 600 nos. of employment will be generated.

The impact of the project on the economic aspects can be clearly observed. The proposed project

activities will provide employment to persons of different skills and trades. The local population

will be given preference to employment according to the skill set required for the job. The

employment potential will ameliorate economic conditions of these families directly and provide

employment to many other families indirectly.

The development of this proposed facility will generate and support economic development as it

will create economic benefits both in a direct and indirect way. By giving preference to local

employment, the project will reduce influx of immigrants from other parts of the country and

there by not creating stress on the existing amenities and infrastructure. The indirect

employment opportunities as a result of operation of project will aid in improving the economic

status of the area.

ACL INDOMER




During construction phase, it is likely to provide employment for 100 personnel on direct basis

and around 800 on indirect basis. During operation phase, it is likely to generate employment of

around 65 people on direct and basis and around 500 people will get on indirect basis. The

proposed project is likely to have positive impact on socio-economic condition of the project

region.

9.4. Corporate Social Responsibility

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has been recognized and governed by Clause 135 of the

Companies Act, 2013. Clause 135 contains 5 sub-clauses in which sub clause (5) mentions that

every company shall ensure that the company spends, in every financial year, at least two percent

(2%) of the average net profits of the company made during three immediately preceding

financial years, in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy.

Adani group have been pioneers in corporate social responsibility and made significant

contributions to improve quality of people's life in all the regions they made their presence. In

Gujarat, APSEZL and AEL have started key initiatives in support of sustainable development. The

mission of Adani foundation is "To play the role of a facilitator for the benefit of the people

without distinction of caste or community, sector, religion, class or creed, in the fields of

education, community health, and promotion of social and economic welfare and upliftment of

the people in general.”

Education

Under Education, Adani Foundation adopts a three pronged approach. It runs Adani Vidya

Mandirs- a school with a difference for the students coming from an economically challenged

background. Having a total strength of 1900 student, Adani Vidya Mandir is currently operational

at Ahmedabad & Bhadreshwar in Gujarat and Surguja in Chhattisgarh. The Foundation is also

catering to 2400 students, through subsidized schools, like Adani Public School in Mundra

(Gujarat), Adani Vidyalaya in Tiroda (Maharashtra) and Kawai (Rajasthan) and Navchetan

Vidyalaya in Junagam (Gujarat) and Adani DAV Public School, Dharma. The Foundation further

extends its support to 300 government schools and balwaadis across the nation.

Community Health

Bringing healthcare at the threshold in the remotest of regions, Adani foundation has fifteen

Mobile Health Care Units (MHCUs) across the nation which attend to 25,000 patients per month

and 3.0 Lakhs people a year on an average; a total of twelve rural clinics at Mundra (Gujarat) and

Sainj (Himachal Pradesh) cater to 72,000 patients per year. With an objective of providing

affordable and accessible health care to all, GAIMS G.K. Hospital attends almost 1500 patients

and conducts 40 surgeries each day. The BPL families are given treatment free of cost in this

hospital.

Sustainable Livelihood

The common thread that runs across all the sustainable livelihood promotion programs is to

improve the bargaining power of the poor and marginalized communities by providing them

with a range of informed choices & livelihood options, facilitating stakeholder consultations, and

ACL INDOMER




developing local partnerships to upgrade their basket of skill sets. The Foundation invests in

building social capital, promoting collective strength through self-help groups, supporting

initiatives towards preservation of traditional art and organizing skill development training for the

youth and women artisans. The income generating activities of the Foundation has impacted

numerous peasants and their families directly.

Rural Infrastructure

Developing the rural infrastructure has a direct effect on the economic growth and wellness of an

area. Access to resources, increase in the avenues for developing rural livelihoods, increased

opportunities for income generation, safe & clean sources of drinking water, and access to

qualitative primary health care systems lead to better productivity, reduction in morbidity,

adequate employment and increased agricultural income and savings. Recognizing the

government as the key player in the provision of basic infrastructure facilities, the Foundation

endeavors to bridge the gaps and make its activities more need specific and responsive to the

grassroot requirements.

9.5. Corporate Environment Responsibility

As an approach of sustainable development, any project proponent should also contribute a

stock of their capital investment for the development of the neighbouring environment. In view

of this aspect, the project proponent should allot 0.5 % of the capital cost (>from 1000 crores to

-10000 crores) to monitor the surrounding environment periodically through corporate

environment responsibility. The CER fund allocation should be utilized to develop infrastructure

facilities like drinking water supply, sanitation and health, access roads, cross drainage,

electrification through solar panel installation, rain water harvesting and solid waste

management. Meanwhile, the ecological and biological status of the surrounding environment

shall be monitored half yearly by the proponent.

The proponent should also confirm that the aspects followed in the corporate environment

responsibility are being implemented and periodically monitored. The same can be compiled and

a compliance report can be forwarded to the concerned pollution control board / MoEF&CC

regional office and to the district magistrate for review. CER activities for the proposed Lakhpat

Cement Works for a period of five years is given in Table below.

ACL INDOMER




Proposed CER activities and allocated budget (2019 - 2024)

CER Activities 2019-20

Crores

2020-21

Crores

2021-22

Crores

2022-23

Crores

2023-24

Crores

Total

(In crores)

Estimation-

Total CER

Budget

(in Crores)

Infrastructure

Development for

Drinking Water

Supply, Sanitation,

Health, Housing for

BPL families, Skill

Development

3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 16

36

School infrastructure,

facilities and support

(e.g., library, science

lab etc.)

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 4

Contribution to

various Govt.

Schemes (Swachh

Bharat, Skill

development etc.)

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 4

Plantation in

Community Areas 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 4

Scientific Support

and Awareness to

local Farmers to

increase yield of crop

and Fodder

1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 8

Total 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 36

Note: Budget Estimated Under the Activities Listed as above may subject to change based on inputs / discussion/

issues shortlisted/ identified/ presented during the Public Hearing.

ACL INDOMER




10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The proposed project involves berth construction, Rock bund construction, Capital and

maintenance dredging, Disposal of dredge spoil, Setting up of desalination plant with supporting

infrastructure like laying of intake and outfall pipelines etc. The impacts due to construction and

operation of these facilities were described in Chapter 4. To address the anticipated impacts and

to implement the mitigation measures Environment Management Plan (EMP) needs to be

formulated. EMP identifies the approach, procedures and methods that will be used to control

and minimize the environmental impacts of construction and operational activities associated

with project development. It is intended to reduce the negative impact of proposed project and

to enhance the positive benefits from the project. As part of project, proponent shall commit to

excel in environmental and social performance by ensuring the following:

• Comply with all environmental and social conditions associated with project approvals.

• Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees and contractors

through training, identification of roles and responsibilities towards environmental and

social management.

• Monitor environmental performance throughout the project and implement an adaptive

approach for continuous improvement.

The EMP provides an outline for environmental management measures developed for

construction and operations phase to ensure environmental safeguards are in place to minimize

and mitigate the identified impacts to the surrounding environment.

10.1. Summary of Proposed Impacts and Mitigation measures

The details of the impacts due to the proposed project activities during construction and

operation and its respective mitigation measures are explained in detail in Chapter 5. Based on

these mitigation measures Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared. The

environmental mitigation measures for construction and operation phases are briefly listed in

below Table.

ACL INDOMER




Summary of proposed impacts and mitigation measures

Activity Environmental

Component Impact Mitigation Measures

Responsible

Authority

Construction Phase

Construction

of berthing

Jetty with

approach

trestle.

Marine water quality

Seabed sediment

quality.

Increase in Turbidity and TSS.

Heavy metal contamination.

Appropriate selection of Piling driving

equipment.

Proper lubrication of pile driving machinery will

ensure less noise.

Follow construction schedule.

No waste disposal into seawater.

Proper use of silt curtains to limit turbidity.

Marine environmental monitoring as per post

project monitoring programme.

EMC/Contractor

Marine Ecology &

Biodiversity.

Decrease in DO level.

Removal of benthos from piling area.

Disturbance to Plankton.

Flow pattern Impact on free flow of water. Openings between the piles should be

sufficient enough to minimize change in flow

pattern.

Modelling study shall be conducted to evaluate

the change in flow pattern with and without

construction of berthing jetty.

EMC

Dredging and

Disposal of

Dredged

Material.


Seabed sediment

quality.



Reclamation of site using dredged material if found suitable.

Selection of suitable dredge disposal locations.

Selection of most favorable points in the tidal

cycle to limit the extent of effects.

Avoiding sensitive periods /breeding season for

fishes and marine animals.

Post dredging monitoring program.

Mathematical modelling study shall be carried

out to find out dredge disposal location.

EMC/Contractor

Marine Ecology &

Biodiversity.




Construction

of intake well


Seabed sediment



Piling for intake well should carefully done to

limit the impact to construction corridor.

EMC/Contractor

ACL INDOMER






Responsible

Authority

and outfall

pipeline.

quality.




Barricading the water during laying has to be

avoided.

Selection of intake location away from

productive areas to reduce entrainment of

smaller organisms.

The outfall diffuser should not have any sharp

projection.

Construction

of Rock bund

connecting

landside

towards jetty.

Marine Ecology &

Biodiversity.




No construction waste shall be disposed off at

sea/tidal flats.

Construction waste shall be used for

reclamation of land or it should be used for

integrated works.

No construction materials shall be stored in the

intertidal area.

Hume pipes of sufficient quality and numbers

in rock bund shall be provided to ensure

continuous flow of seawater.

EMC/Contractor

Operation Phase

Ship

Discharges -

Oily Ballast,

Bilge Water,

Sewage.

Water quality and

marine & coastal

ecology.

Change in water quality and impact on

marine ecology.

Reporting and alerting mechanisms must be

established to respond for any spillage.

Specialized oil spill response equipment should

be available in the port to deal with small to

medium spillages.

Port operator

/EMC

Accidental oil

spill from ship.

Water quality and

marine & coastal

ecology.

Change in water quality and impact on

marine ecology.

Identification of areas within the port that are

sensitive to spillages.

Preparation of Emergency contingency plan.

Port operator

/EMC

Dry Cargo

Releases.

Water quality Increase in Turbidity and TSS.

Enclosed storage or loading/offloading

facilities.

Shoreline No impact is anticipated

Brine Water quality Increase in salinity and density Location of discharge point for installation of Desal

ACL INDOMER






Responsible

Authority

Discharge. Plankton Deaeration and oxygen scavengers

Effect on marine organisms

discharge systems should be selected based on

the favorable oceanographic site dissipating

the salinity quickly through hydrodynamic

modelling.

Monitoring of seawater quality near discharge

point.

Head/EMC

ACL INDOMER




10.2. Marine Environmental Management Plan

Environmental management plan for marine environment are proposed based on impacts and

mitigation measures identified. The major environment management measures are given below:

• Environment Management Cell (EMC)

• Institutional Mechanism

• Construction phase EMP

• Operation Phase EMP

• EMP monitoring and Review

10.2.1. EMP during Construction Phase

Environment management cell along with contractor shall form construction environment

management plan. Management plan shall constitute main considerations to reduce impact on

marine environment. The major activities under marine EMP are

• Formation of labour camp

• Material storage area

• Dredge disposal management plan

• Sanitation facilities

Labour camp: Preference will be to source the labours from nearby villages and temporary labour

camp/ residential colony may setup during the construction period of captive jetty and

desalination plant. Prior to commencement of work, HSE management plan should be worked

out with contractor to ensure the health and safety of labours and to keep quality of environment

at project site. Workers should be provided with proper sanitation facilities, drinking water,

training and awareness, medical checkup, good housekeeping etc. The construction time

schedule should be strictly followed so that the impacts from the construction activities are not

prolonged.

Material storage area: Proper material storage shall be identified close to project site. In no case

material should be stored in the intertidal area during construction of rock bund and berthing

jetty. Material storage area should be adequately covered to control runoff of material towards

intertidal area/seawater.

Dredge disposal management plan: Proper equipment and dredge control measures should be

kept in readiness to control the affect of turbidity, heavy metal contamination etc. on marine

environment. Proper dredging equipment based on seabed characteristics shall be used.

Possibility of using dredged material for reclamation works shall be explored.

Suitable GMB designated dredge disposal location/location where enough mixing and minimum

bed level change shall be selected for disposal of dredged material. The dredged spoil barges will

dispose the sediments at different locations in the disposal area in a sequential order and repeat

the order in a cyclic manner. Monitoring program for seawater quality and seabed quality shall

be carried out after event of dredging.

ACL INDOMER




Sanitation facilities: Proper sanitation facilities for labour camp should be provided. The basic

facilities required for the labours at the work place as per the Contract Labour (Regulation &

Abolition) Act, 1970 will be made available.

10.2.2. EMP during Operational Phase

The environment management plan is required for mitigating the impacts on marine

environment due to operation phase of the project. Most of the potential impacts are anticipated

from accidental oil spill, waste generation from port activities, maintenance dredging etc.

• Half yearly monitoring of water quality should be carried out within the port and in

adjacent waters during operation to identify adverse environmental changes.

• The discharge of oil waste into the sea during unloading operations should be controlled.

• The discharge of solid waste and sewage from ships should be controlled. Ship visiting

the port shall have Indian Ballast Water Management Certificate.

• Catch basins/treatment plant to deal with runoff from port area.

• Provide adequate ship to shore waste handling facilities and ensure good signs to the

location of waste bins.

• Maintain ship to shore equipment in good order to reduce oil spill.

• Provide adequate solid waste storage facilities.

• Facilities for storing oil waste separately from solid waste.

• Separate storage of hazardous waste (clearly labelled)

• Selection of authorized vendors/agency to dispose/manage oil, solid and hazardous

waste.

• Hazardous waste authorization shall be obtained from Pollution Control Board and

disposal method as prescribed in the authorization shall be strictly followed.

• Training for field personnel regarding the implication of bad handling, collection and

disposal of waste.

• Conduct oil spill response and drills.

• Ensure available capacity to contain accidental oil spill.

• Halting dredging during the breeding seasons of economically important fish stocks or

protected or rare species.

ACL INDOMER




• Brine Reject Management: The MIKE 21 modelling studies indicate that the difference in

salinity of 2 ppt from ambient will be experienced in 280 m distance from the outfall

diffuser. Six ports of 250 mm dia. will be provided to ensure adequate dilution. Brine

reject during ebb phase is preferred for discharge so that there may not be recirculation

between intake and outfall. Also, no discharge of chemicals will be made into Kori creek.

10.3. Environment Management Cell (EMC)

An Environment Management Cell (EMC) will be formed, which will be responsible for monitoring

the environment status during construction and operation phases of the project. EMC will also

organize the implementation of the aforesaid Environment Management Plan (EMP) / Post

Project Monitoring (PPM). Role and responsibilities of EMC is listed below.

• Ensure effective communication and explanation of the content and requirements of the

EMP to contractors and subcontractors.

• Provide appropriate and adequate resources allocated to allow for the effective

implementation and maintenance of the EMP.

• Review of EMP performance and implementation of corrective actions, or stop work

procedures, in the event of breaches of EMP conditions, that may lead to serious impacts

on local communities, or affect the reputation of the project.

• Report any major environmental incidents that may have a significant impact on the

surrounding environment.

• Preparation and implementation of Environmental Supervision Plan during construction.

• Ensuring adequate training and education to all staff involved in environmental

supervision.

• Evaluating the efficacy of the EIA, mitigation measures as stipulated in the EMP.

• Coordination with MoEF&CC and other central/state pollution control boards for

prevention and control of environmental pollution.

• Carryout half yearly monitoring program and preparation of compliance report.

• To implement Environmental Clearance condition stipulated by MoEFCC.

• Maintain environment monitoring records.

Composition of Environment Management Cell is given below

ACL INDOMER




Composition of Environment Management Cell

10.4. Training, Communication and Reporting

Training

Port personnel shall be trained for identification of various hazards, methods to combat and

responsiveness to emergency preparedness etc.

Communication

Information with respect to any untoward incidences during the construction and operation of

the project shall be communicated to local Gram Panchayat, local village workers, employees and

other project-related individuals. Environmental issues should be communicated to the

concerned Govt. agencies such as Regional office, MoEFCC, State Pollution Control Board (SPCB),

Forest and Environment Department, District Collector etc.

Reporting

The EMC will be responsible for conducting environment monitoring, compilation and review of

monitoring data, filling up the statutory forms/returns, maintenance of records regarding

hazardous waste, environment awareness activities, submission of compliances six months EC

compliance to State Pollution Control Board and MoEFCC.

Director

Environment

Manager

Environment Health

& Safety

Environment

Engineers

Health and safety

Engineers and Fire crew

Contractors

Environmental

consultant

Cooperate Environment

Responsibility

Compliance Reports

CTE/CTO

ACL INDOMER




10.5. Institutional Mechanism

Institutional mechanism includes initial implementation of mitigation measures suggested in the

EIA report along with EC conditions and implementation of CTO, CTE conditions. Continual

improvement program includes adherence to stipulated EC condition, CTO and CTE condition by

implementing latest equipments, technologies and labour force to monitor the environment.

Proposed institutional mechanism is given below.

Institutional Mechanism

10.6. Implementation of EMP

Overall implementation of EMP will be the responsibility of EMC. Various implementation items,

description and appropriate time to implement EMP is listed below.

Implementation item Description When to implement

Formation of an

Environment

Management Cell

(EMC)

An Environmental Management Cell shall

be formed to implement proposed EMP

Two months before

preparation of

construction site for

the main work.

Contractor The Construction Contractor should ensure

that the intent of EMP is spread among

Before commencing

construction work.

Post project

monitoring

Six monthly

compliance

report

EMP Monitoring

and Review

Consent to

Operate

&

Inspection

Compliance of EC

conditions

Environment

Management Cell

(EMC)

MoEFCC

GPCB

Port

Management

ACL INDOMER




Implementation item Description When to implement

construction workers.

Make sure that all environmental

safeguards and precautions are in place.

Ensure that all equipment used is properly

serviced and that all precautions are in

place to prevent the likelihood of an

environmental impact.

The contractor shall be responsible for

construction and worker management plan

and safety of workers.

Workers Should be aware of the contents of EMP,

and the reason for implementing its

elements.

Report all environmental incidents to the

contractor /manager as soon as practicable,

but within 24 hours of them occurring.

10.7. EMP Monitoring and Review

The EMC shall continually review the EMP and mitigation measures described in Chapter 5 to find

the effectiveness of proposed measures. The management shall conduct review to find

effectiveness of EMP as follows:

Annual review of EMP

Review of EMP after reported accident/ significant non-compliance

Post project monitoring results & evaluation

Feedback from workers/stake holders

10.8. EMP Budget

The environment budget allocation is necessary to make resource available for effective

implementation of Environment Management Plan. The budget allocated for marine environment

management for proposed project is about 11.7 Crores. This capex is towards installation of

various control facilities and environmental monitoring program, waste management, shoreline

monitoring, drainage system, sanitation and sewage facilities and EMC, environment monitoring

etc.

ACL INDOMER




Environment Management Plan Budget

Sl. No Construction Phase

Cost

per Annum

(Rs. in

Crores)

Operation Phase

Cost

per Annum

(Rs. in Crores)

1 Environment

Management Cell 3.50

Environment

Management Cell 4.80

2 Waste Management 0.50 Environmental

Monitoring 0.80

Shoreline monitoring 0.60

Miscellaneous 0.50

Total 4.0 Total 6.70

ACL INDOMER




11. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1. Introduction

Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) is wholly owned subsidiary of Adani Enterprises Limited (AEL)

proposes setup an integrated cement project "Lakhpat Cement Works" which includes Limestone

Mine in 251.9 ha area, Captive Power Plant and WHRS (99 MW) and Cement Plant having

production capacity of 10 MMTPA Clinker and 10 MMTPA of OPC/ PPC/ PSC/ Composite Cement

in Mudhvay and Koriyani, Village, Lakhpat Taluka, Kutch District, Gujarat.

ACL also proposes to develop a berthing jetty of 19 MMTPA traffic capacity connected with

trestle and approach road to serve the import of raw materials and product transportation and 9

MLD desalination plant with seawater intake & brine reject outfall to cater the water requirement

for the proposed integrated project.

Berthing Jetty is proposed in Kori creek with anchorage in Arabian Sea. Lighterage operation

using barges will be performed for the transport of raw materials and product materials from

anchorage point to berthing jetty and vice versa. Clinker and Cement are the main commodity to

be handled at the proposed berthing jetty. Berthing jetty will be equipped with cargo handling

facilities, conveyor system and intermediate storage area.

As the development of captive jetty and desalination plant attracts EIA Notification, 2006, Sector

7 (e) Category A and CRZ Notification 2011 proposed project requires both Environmental

Clearance and CRZ clearance from Gujarat Coastal Zone Management Authority (GCZMA) and

Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC).

Accordingly, Marine Environmental Impact Assessment study is conducted by Indomer Coastal

Hydraulics (P) Ltd., Chennai which is the NABET - QCI accredited organization for Sectors 27. Field

studies were undertaken during September – October 2018 representing the post monsoon

period.

11.2. Project Description

Captive Jetty

The captive jetty and associated marine facilities are proposed to be developed in Kori creek at

Kapurasi village where natural depth of 6 m CD is available. Lighterage operation using barges

with anchorage point at Arabian sea, i.e. 60 km southwest of proposed berthing jetty will be

developed. Conveyor corridor will be used to transport the materials from jetty to cement plant.

The development is planned as mentioned below:

• Berthing jetty having total length of 820 m and 28 m wide.

• Mechanized handling system to export clinker, cement and limestone.

• Mechanized handling system to import coal, Petcoke, Fly ash, Gypsum, Slag.

• Approach road of 2.815 km and piled trestle of 0.498 Km to connect landside facilities

to berthing jetty.

• Approximately 4.05 acres of intermediate backup development for storage of cargo.

• Conveyor belt connecting jetty to cement plant.

• Mobile equipment like pay-loaders, excavators, back hoe for material handling at

intermediate backup area / Jetty.

• Supporting infrastructure.

ACL INDOMER




Desalination Plant

In order to meet total water requirement of Lakhpat Cement Works, R.O. based desalination plant

of 9 MLD capacity will be set up with following marine facilities.

• Seawater Intake well at the upstream end of the proposed berthing jetty.

• Brine reject Outfall at the downstream end of the proposed berthing jetty.

• Intake volume will be 30 MLD with ambient salinity of 40 ppt

• Return water brine reject will be 21 MLD with the salinity of 57 ppt.

11.3. Description of Environment

Baseline data collection for marine EIA has been conducted during Post Monsoon (September -

October 2018) with respect to seawater quality, seabed sediment quality and marine & coastal

ecosystem. Samples were collected from 10 locations at three water depths across the vertical

covering upstream and downstream of Kori creek.

Seawater quality: Seawater analysis indicates that the water in Kori creek is free from pollution.

Seawater quality parameters such as DO, BOD, nutrients, Heavy metals and other parameters

indicate normal range pertaining to the coastal waters. The offshore (blue water) and nearshore

samples were analysed for assessing the turbidity, TSS and other parameters, results show that

apart from TSS and Turbidity the others are found to be within normal values expected for creek

water. The results of some of the important parameters are given below.

PARAMETERS Max Min *For Harbour waters (SW IV)

Salinity (ppt) 40.1 38.6 -

pH 8.5 8.27 6 - 9

COD (mg/l) 28.6 18.8 -

BOD (mg/l) 2.1 1.1 5.0

DO (mg/l) 5.6 5.0 3.0

Oil and Grease (mg/l) <1.0 10

*Annexure V - Water Quality Standards for Coastal Waters, EIA Guidance Manual – Ports & Harbors

Seabed Sediment Quality: The sediment is predominantly composed of fine sand. Total Organic

Carbon, Total Nitrogen, Total Phosphorus, Calcium Carbonate, and Heavy metals are within

normal range for coastal waters.

Marine Ecology & Biology: Primary production, Phytoplankton biomass, diversity and population,

Zooplankton biomass, diversity and population, Seabed and Inter-tidal / Sub-tidal macro benthic

diversity and population, Bacterial population in coastal waters and seabed sediments were

studied.

Phytoplankton: The primary productivity values varied between 264 and 408 mgC/m3/day and

the average value was 336 mg C/m3/day from all stations. Totally, 32 species of Phytoplankton

were identified. The floral diversity fluctuated from 17 to 26 species. The numerical abundance

of Phytoplankton population varied between 14200 to 29200 nos./l from all stations.

Zooplankton: The species composition of Zooplankton fluctuated from 24 to 29 species and

numerical abundance varied between 74665 to 117158 nos./100m3. The Zooplankton biomass

at different stations varied from 22.9 to 59.4 ml/100m3.

ACL INDOMER




Benthos: The number of species of Subtidal benthos varied from 7 to 10 species and the

numerical abundance of the benthic fauna was moderate and varied from 360 to 840 nos./m2

at all stations. Number of species of intertidal benthic fauna varied from 7 to 14 and the

numerical abundance between 450 and 705 nos./m2.

Microbiology: The bacterial colonies were identified upto generic level. Organisms isolated

were normally expected in all coastal waters, under moderate human influence. The results

show that in this region there is no indication of any major microbiological pollution.

Coastal Vegetation: The proposed project area has scanty/sparse coastal vegetation. The

natural flora found in the 10 km project radius is predominantly rural and are representative of

the saline tropical thorn forest.

Mangroves: There are no mangroves in the proposed port location. Mangroves in the 10 km

project radius is dominated by single species stands of Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierh.

Besides this species, a mangrove associate, Urochondra setulosa, (Trin.) Hubb., an endemic

species of this coast was often found along the banks of tidal creeks. Mangrove were

observed to be hypersaline, enabling the survival of A. marina only. However, western bank of

creeks and Bets is endowed with dense mangroves.

Fish & Fisheries: Narayan Sarovar and Chher Nani are the fisher folk settlements in the 10 km

project radius. Fishing by both fishing boat or by the traditional methods and Pagadiya fishing

is practiced. Construction of berthing jetty will not cause any obstruction to existing fishing in

the project region.

Seaweeds, Sea Grasses and Coral Reefs: Not reported from the project region.

Marine Mammals and Turtles: Not reported from the project region.

Seabirds: 33 species have been sighted from the 10 km coast of project site. One migratory

species is critically Endangered and six are Near Threatened.

Endangered Species: Critically endangered Eurynorhynchus pygmeus (Spoon‐billed Sandpiper)

is observed during the survey.

Protected Areas: Narayan Sarovar Wildlife Sanctuary is falling within 5 km radius of the

proposed berthing jetty.

11.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Anticipated impacts on the marine environment likely to arise due to construction and operation

of proposed berthing jetty and desalination plant have been identified, predicted and mitigation

measures are suggested. Details of identified impacts are presented below.

• Construction of berthing jetty with approach trestle will disturb the seawater quality,

seabed sediment quality, plankton, benthos and fisheries.

• Construction of approach road connecting landside towards jetty may cause obstruction

to seawater flow.

• Construction of approach road will disturb the intertidal benthos present in the

construction corridor.

ACL INDOMER




• Impact on seawater quality, seabed sediment quality, plankton, benthos and fisheries due

to dredging and disposal of dredged material.

• Construction of intake well and outfall may disturb the seawater quality and marine

habitat.

• Entrainment and impingement of marine habitat due to intake well and outfall pipeline.

• Ship Discharges - Oily Ballast, Bilge Water, Sewage during operation of captive port.

• Accidental Oil Spill from ship will degrade the seawater quality and disturb the marine

habitat.

• Brine reject with high salinity may disturb the seawater quality and marine habitat.

• Impact on shoreline due to proposed captive port.

Summary of mitigation measures suggested is given below.

• Appropriate selection of pile driving equipment with clean and efficient construction

technique.

• No construction waste shall be disposed off at sea/tidal flats. Construction waste shall be

used for reclamation of land or it should be used for integrated works.

• No impact to free flow of seawater at project site is anticipated, since construction of rock

bund with culvert will ensure continuous flow of seawater to tidal mud flats.

• The turbidity induced during the dredging will be minimized using controlled dredging

techniques such as by use of cuter suction dredgers.

• Use of dredged material for proposed reclamation of site to about (+) 7 m CD.

• Appropriate dumping location away from port having water depth greater than 30 m is

suggested.

• Port should provide sufficient facilities to receive residues and oily mixtures generated

from ship operations according to latest provisions. Besides oily residues, reception of

sewage garbage and hazardous waste if any, should also be provided.

• Advection – Diffusion mathematical modelling ensures that brine quantity of 21 MLD with

57 ppt salinity (17 higher than ambient salinity) is modest enough to cause any significant

damage on the marine environment.

• Formation of Environment Management Cell to monitor the implementation of suggested

mitigation measures.

11.5. Post Project Monitoring Program

Based on the various impacts identified, Post Project Monitoring Program is suggested. Post

project monitoring on marine environment will be carried out at jetty water front, inner approach

channel, near brine disposal Location, near dredge disposal location on half yearly basis following

standard sampling collection, identification and analysis procedure.

The responsibility for ensuring the effective implementation of environment monitoring

programme will lie with head of captive port along with support of Environment Management

Cell. The results of half yearly monitoring will be reported to the statutory authorities GPCB and

Regional Office of MoEF&CC. Half yearly report should include compliance against condition of

Environmental clearance and monitoring report.

ACL INDOMER




11.6. Additional Studies

Disaster Management Plan

Disaster identification suggests that the project site is highly vulnerable to natural hazards like

Cyclone, Earthquake, and Tsunami. A Disaster Management frame work has been prepared to

minimize the impact in the event of natural disaster. Incident response team with communication

network is established to deal with emergencies. Onsite emergency rescue kit, emergency alarm,

evacuation plan, medical and related resources to be kept in readiness were also broadly

suggested. Disaster Management Plan likely to followed before, during and after the event major

disasters like Earthquake, Cyclone and Tsunami is also enumerated. Onsite preparedness plan and

Coordination of National and State agency will be key to address any natural disasters.

Oil Spill Contingency Plan

Oil spill contingency plan covering response policy, incident management team, support services,

scope of oil spill contingency plan, oil spill response procedures and port responsibility has been

prepared separately and presented.

Modelling Studies

Proponent has appointed M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited as a technical

consultant to carry out mathematical modelling studies on Offshore wave analysis at proposed jetty

locations along with flow pattern assessment, Cyclone modelling studies, Hydrodynamic studies to

find out the suitable location of jetty, orientation and approach bund optimization. Findings of

mathematical modelling studies conducted by M/s Howe Engineering Projects India Private Limited

is presented in report entitled "Kori Creek Cement Jetty and Offshore Anchorage DPR studies

(Numerical Modeling Studies)".

The MIKE 21 modelling studies on dispersion of brine reject indicate that the outfall salinity of 57

ppt falls to 2 ppt above the ambient salinity of 40 ppt in 280 m distance from the outfall diffuser.

The increase in turbulence due to stronger currents (> 0.2 m/s) induced by monsoon wind and

rough sea would enhance the mixing during monsoon period. Thus, the studies show that the

impact due to the discharge of the brine reject at 4500 m offshore would be insignificant. Hence,

it is recommended that the brine reject can be discharged in Kori creek at the suggested location.

11.7. Project Benefits

The beneficial impact of proposed project on the civic amenities will be substantial after the

commencement of project activities. Adani Cementation Limited (ACL) will make efforts to

improve the facilities in the project area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of local

communities. The project will also contribute to:

• Development of basic local amenities.

• Expansion/development/improvements in road network.

• Exposure to modern technologies used in production.

• Employment opportunities

• Benefits through Cooperate Social Responsibility (CSR)

ACL INDOMER




• Ensuring sustainable development through Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

11.8. Environment Management Plan

Environmental management plan for marine environment are proposed based on impacts and

mitigation measures identified. Marine environment management plan is suggested to mitigate

the impacts of the project during construction and operational phase of project. An Environment

Management Cell (EMC) will be formed, which will be responsible for monitoring the

environment status during construction and operation phases of the project. The EMC will report

environmental performance and monitoring reports including compliance of EC conditions to

statutory authorities. An EMP budget of 11.7 Crores will be allocated to manage marine

environment.

ACL INDOMER




NABET – QCI Accreditation Certificate

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Reference



REFERENCES

i) Bhaskar, S. 1984. The distribution and status of Sea Turtle in India. C.M.F.R.I, special

publication. 18: 21-36

ii) Status of shoreline change due to erosion/accretion Kutch district, Gujarat

(www.gczma.org)

iii) Conway D.V.P., R. G. White, J. Hugues-Dit-ciles, C. P. Gallienne & D. B. Robins, 2003. Guide

to the coastal and surface zooplankton of the South-Western Indian ocean. Marine

Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Occasional Publication No 15.

iv) John D. Davis, Scott MacKnight, "Environmental considerations for ports and harbour

development".

v) Kutch district Disaster Management Plan - 2017-18 (Gujarat State Disaster Management

Authority)

vi) Gopinathan, C. P 1975. On new distributional records of plankton diatoms from the Indian

Seas. Journal of the Marine Biological Association of India 17(1): 223-240.

vii) J. Sesh Serebiah et.al "New Discovery of Coral Rubbings in the North-Western Gulf of

Kachchh, Gujarat, Western India – GIS Based Evaluation".

viii) Kasturirangan, L. R., 1963. A key for the identification of the more common

planktonopepoda of Indian coastal waters. Indian National Committee on Oceanic

Research, Council of Scientific and Industrial Research, New Delhi publication No. 2.

ix) Tomas, C.R., 1997. Identifying Marine Phytoplankton. Academic Press, USA. pp. 858.

x) Annual report 2017 -18, Institute of Seismological Research, Department of Science and

Technology Government of Gujarat.

xi) Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (www.moef.nic.in) Notification on

"Eco Sensitive Zone of Narayan Sarovar Wild Life Sanctuary".

xii) www.surveyofindia.gov.in

xiii) forests.gujarat.gov.in

xiv) Talwar, P.K. and R.K. Kacker. 1984. Commercial Sea fishes of India.

xv) Gopinathan, C.P. Training Manual on Phytoplankton Identification/ Taxonomy.

xvi) GEC. 2009. Mangrove Atlas of Gujarat State. Gujarat Ecology Commission, Government of

Gujarat, Gandhinagar

http://www.moef.nic.in/

http://www.surveyofindia.gov.in/

ANNEXURE I - Water Balance Diagram

ACL INDOMER

Marine Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the Development of Captive Jetty, Desalination Plant Annexure II



ANNEXURE II

Method of Collection and Analysis

MARINE ENVIRONMENT

Seawater

Collection

The seawater samples were collected at 10 stations. The water samples were collected at three

different depths i.e., surface, mid depth and bottom. Van Dorn water samplers was used for

collecting the water samples at subsurface.

Samples for dissolved oxygen was collected in 300 ml capacity DO bottles immediately after the

sampler was hauled up. The bottles were rinsed with the same water sample. DO samples were

fixed immediately with Winkler reagents by adding 2 ml of manganese chloride and 2 ml of

alkaline potassium iodide (KI). The stopper was then inserted and the bottle shaken vigorously for

about 1 minute to bring each molecule of dissolved oxygen in contact with manganese (II)

hydroxide. After fixation of oxygen, the precipitate was allowed to settle. The DO bottles were

kept in dark and transported to the laboratory for analysis. Samples for Biochemical Oxygen

Demand (BOD) was also collected in the similar fashion as described for DO in 300 ml glass BOD

bottles. Winkler A and Winkler B were added and analysed after 5 days of incubation at 20° C in a

BOD incubator.

Water samples for salinity, total suspended solids, and nutrients were collected and stored in PVC

bottles directly from the water sampler, after rinsing the same with the water sample. For heavy

metal analysis, water samples were stored in PVC bottles adding Nitric acid <2 pH as

preservative. The samples were then transported to the laboratory in an ice box. Water samples

for Petroleum hydrocarbons were collected separately in amber coloured glass bottles. The

sample for Phenol was collected in a pre-cleaned 1 liter plastic container.

ACL INDOMER




Analysis

Sl. No Parameters Protocol

Water quality

1 Temperature IS 3025: Part 35

2 pH IS 2720: Part 26

3 Salinity IS 3025: Part 34

4 Dissolved Oxygen IS 3025: Part 38

5 Primary productivity APHA 10200 J

6 BOD IS 3025: Part 44

7 Turbidity IS 3025: Part 10

8 Ammonia APHA 4500-NH3 (F)

9 Nitrite IS 3025: Part 34

10 Nitrate IS 3025: Part 34

11 Dissolved phosphate IS 3025: Part 31

12 Total Nitrogen IS 3025: Part 34

13 Total Phosphorous IS 3025: Part 31

14 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) IS 3025: Part 17

15 Cadmium IS 3025: Part 41

16 Lead IS 3025: Part 47

17 Chromium IS 3025: Part 52

18 Mercury IS 3025: Part 48

19 Phenolic Compounds IS 3025: Part 43

20 Petroleum Hydrocarbons TNRCC method 1055

21 Oil and grease APHA 5520

Seabed Sediment

Collection

The seabed sediments were collected at 10 stations. After collection, the scooped sample was

transferred to polythene bags, labeled and stored under refrigerated conditions.

ACL INDOMER




Analysis

Sl. No Parameters Protocol

1 Soil texture IS : 2720: Part 4

2 Total Organic Carbon IS : 2720: Part 22

3 Total Nitrogen IS : 14684: Part 23

4 Total Phosphorous IS : 10158 - 1982

5 Calcium carbonate IS : 2720: Part 23

6 Cadmium USEPA 3050 B

7 Lead USEPA 3050 B

8 Chromium USEPA 3050 B

9 Mercury USEPA 3050 B

10 Phenolic Compounds USEPA 8041 & 3545 A

11 Petroleum Hydrocarbons TNRCC method 1055

Marine biological parameters

Primary Productivity: Primary production was estimated from 10 stations (SS1 to SS10). From

the water sampler, the samples were immediately transferred to 125 ml DO bottles (two light

bottles and one dark bottle). The sample in the first bottle was used immediately to determine

the initial level of dissolved oxygen (DO) content followed by Winkler method. The light and dark

bottles were incubated under water for a period of 6 hr and dissolved oxygen was measured.

Primary productivity was calculated by oxygen method. Oxygen values were converted to carbon

values by applying the equation.

Phytoplankton: Phytoplankton samples were collected from 10 stations (SS1 to SS10), for both

qualitative and quantitative analyses.

Phytoplankton samples for quantitative analyses were taken by collecting 1 liter of surface water

in plastic container and preserved with Lugol's iodine solution. The analysis of phytoplankton

samples include initial concentration of water sample to 15 ml volume based on settling and

siphoning procedure. Quantitative estimation of phytoplankton was done by counting in Sedge

wick-Rafter cell counter. It involved calculation of the number of cells of each species of

phytoplankton in one liter of sea water.

For the qualitative analysis, phytoplankton samples were collected using circular standard

plankton net (60µ mesh and 60 cm mouth diameter). The net was towed at subsurface for 5

minutes. After the collection, samples were preserved in 4% buffered formaldehyde and analyzed

under an inverted microscope following the standard literature (R. Subrahmanyan, 1946; C.P.

Gopinathan, 1976 and Thomas, 1997).

Zooplankton: Zooplankton samples were collected using circular zooplankton net (300 µ mesh

and 60 cm mouth diameter). The samples were collected during day time to calculate their

biomass, population and bio diversity. The net was towed for 5 minutes. After the collection,

samples were preserved in 5% buffered formaldehyde. The biomass value of zooplankton was

calculated using the displacement volume method. The faunal composition and the relative

abundance of different zooplankton taxa were sorted out and identified from aliquots upto

species level as far as possible. All taxonomic observation and measurements were made on

preserved samples. Specimens were identified based on the standard manuals (Kasturirangan,

ACL INDOMER




1963; and Conway et al. 2003). The estimated abundance (density) for the different groups was

expressed as nos. /100m3.

Flowmeter: Digital Flowmeter (model - 2030R) duly calibrated by the

company was used for estimating the volume of flow into the net

towed for 5 minutes for the collection of phytoplankton and

zooplankton. The flow meter consists of an impeller and a counter.

The impeller is directly connected to the counter which records each

revolution of the impeller. The flow meter has to be attached to the

mouth region of the plankton net.

Macro Benthos: Seabed sediment samples were collected using Van Veen grab from 10 stations

(SB1 to SB10). The intertidal benthic samples were collected from 4 stations. The benthic

organisms were separated by sieving through 500 micron mesh and preserved using

formaldehyde and Rose Bengal stain. The samples were sorted and identified upto

groups/genera level using stereo microscope. The wet weight was taken to calculate the biomass

of benthic organisms.

Microbiology: The microbiological samples were collected from 10 stations (SS1 to SS10). The

total coliform from each location were identified by membrane filter technique (APHA 9060 A &

B). Samples were collected clean, sterile and non-reactive glass or plastic bottles. Microbial

analysis is started as soon as possible after collection to avoid unpredictable changes. Spread

plate method was used to culture the microorganisms. The agar media used for analysis were:

Nutrient agar, MacConkey agar, Thiosulphate Citrate Bile Sucrose agar, Xylose Lysine

Deoxycholate agar, M-Enterococcus agar and Cetrimide agar. Plates were incubated at 37° C for

48 hrs. After incubation, the colonies were counted and identified based on their colour

characteristics.

Fisheries: The information on fisheries were collected from local fishing villages and also from

the Commissioner of Fisheries, Department of Fisheries, Government of Gujarat.

Coastal sand dune vegetation: Coastal plants, in this study are considered as those higher

plants other than the mangroves, which are directly influenced by the sea. These plants present in

the intertidal and subtidal region. Those plants which are rooted in the substrate near the shore,

which is saline and contains a very high content of marine sediments, are also included.

Statistical Analyses: Statistical analyses were performed for phytoplankton, zooplankton and

macro benthos. All statistical calculations and graphs were generated using computer software

package PRIMER V.6.1.9. Its scope is the analysis of data arising in community ecology and

environmental science which is multivariate in character (many species, multiple environmental

variables). Sample data were compiled into square matrix (species x samples) and square root

transformed to counter act the weight of dominant species without severely diminishing their

importance. The transformed species - by - sample was then converted into a triangular sample-

by-sample similarity matrix by calculating the Bray - Curtis similarity index between all samples -

pairs, based on joint species abundance, and presence and absence. Ecological data were then

analyzed for similarity of population using agglomerative hierarchical cluster analysis based on

the Bray - Curtis similarity index and an average linkage Dendrogram were produced.

ACL INDOMER




Stages in a multivariate analysis based on similarity coefficients

Diversity measures were calculated from the untransformed data for each sample. Indices

calculated were: Margalef's species evenness coefficient (J'), the Shannon-Wiener diversity

coefficient (H') and Simpson's diversity index (1-λ). The cumulative dominance plot was also

constructed to compare the biodiversity between the samples.

appendix i marine eia report

Documents